Product Detail Manual

: Pdf 84524-Attachment 84524-Attachment 757317 Batch12 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 248

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

WORLDWIDE
SALES AND SERVICES

95% of all Multilink products are manufactured in the USA.

What that means to you is faster delivery, better quality products,
and the satisfaction of knowing you are keeping American workers
employed.
Contact Us |
North America

Europe, Middle East & Africa

Latin & South America

Tel: +1 440 366 6966
Fax: +1 440 366 6802
Email: engsupport@gomultilink.com

Tel: +1 440 366 6966
Fax: +1 440 366 6802

Tel: +1 954 499 9203
Mobile: +1 305 684 2388
Email: quin7594@bellsouth.net

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Email: engsupport@gomultilink.com

2

440.366.6966

PATENTS & INNOVATIONS
2011

Downspout Raceway System - Pat# 7,964,804 B2
Industry's First Online Fiber Box Configurator

2010

Flex Grid Internal Mounting on Plastic Boxes

2009

Slack Cable Storage Box - Pat# 7,477,829 B2

2008

Slack Cable Storage Box w/ Adjustable Height Spools - Pat# 7,359,611 B1
Slack-N-Roll Storage Device
Dual Wall Heat Transfer System For Outdoor Enclosures
Downspout Raceway

2007

First Web Video Installation Training For Fusion Splicing Training
First Web Video Installation Instruction Training For Power Supply
FTTx Fiber Optic Slack Storage Enclosure
FTTx Overlay Molding For Existing Molding
FTTx Exterior Fiber Optic Slack Storage Enclosure

2005

Drop Fiber Sno-Shoe - Pat# D450,042S
Mulitpath Pavement Duct System
5 Amp Min. Stand By Power Supply
Direct Core Cooling
Open Face Molding

2004

Compression Seal Technology Dome Enclosure
Tech Bag For Handling Converters

2002

Communication Cable Clip - Pat# 6,378,814 B1

2001

Battery Power Supply Source Of Uninterruptible Power Supply - Pat# 6,268,665 B1

2000

Release Of 1st Airflow Power Supply Cabinet - Pat# 6,932443 B1

1999

Patented The 1st UPS With Polarity Of Inverters CCP Tech - Pat# 5,994,793

1998

Fiber Optic Splice Case - Pat# 5,732,180

1997

First Cable Identification Tag - Pat# 387,811

1993

Patented And Trademarked First Plastic Sno-Shoe - Pat# 5,408,571
Architectural Cove Molding For Housing Cable Wires - Pat# D332,941

1992

Patented First Low Cost Torque Wrench - Pat# 5,152,200

1991

Patented Coring And Stripping Tool For Dielectric Cable - Pat# 5,023,995

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

3

440.366.6966

Network Product Solutions
Volume 3

Table Of Contents
Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures
Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures
Splice Trays
Fiber Pedestals
Pre-Terminated Configuration
Loaded Adapter Panels
Blank Adapter Panels
Adapters
Fiber Termination Modules & Splitters
Pigtails & Jumpers
Fiber Tools
Fiber Management
Starfighter Splice Closures
Splice Trays
Slack Storage
Grounding/Bonding
Cable Identification
Environmentally Controlled Enclosures
Traffic Products
Multi-Dwelling Units
Plastic Demarcation Enclosures
Gel-Seal
Drop Splice Hardware
Raceway
Raceway Accessories
Tools and Accessories
FlexPower
EB1
MP Plus
Black Hawk
Little Hawk
Non-Standby Power Supplies
Power Cabinets
Enclosure Accessories
MQ Cabinets
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

5-15
16-25
26-27
28
29-31
32-34
35
36-37
38-40
41-48
49-53
54-59
61-73
74-75
76-79
80
81-83
84-99
100-112
113-134
135-150
151-152
153-156
157-194
195-197
198-202
206-207
208-209
210-211
212-213
214
219
222-233
234-241
242-246

4

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Multilink’s Family of Rack Mount Enclosures

Application

The Multilink family of rack mounted optical termination and in-rack splice enclosures are designed for the
interconnection of patch cables, a combination of patching and splicing, or in-rack splicing. All of the enclosures are
equipped with universal 19” or 23” rack mounting brackets. The product line supports from 2 to 24 termination panels in
a variety of standard RU enclosures. Termination Shelves (TS) are designed with a slide out master panel shelf and allows
for storage of splice trays behind the master termination panel. The Patch Splice (PS) enclosures have two separate slide
out shelves: One with a termination master panel; the other with a tray support bracket and hinged trays. Swing out (SO)
enclosures are designed for narrow depth applications with a hinged swing out master panel and splice tray storage.

Features & Benefits
• Steel and aluminum with a polyester powder coat finish in either standard Black or Off White
• Universal mounting with reversible 19” or 23” mounting brackets
• Swing out or Slide out master termination and splice tray panels
• Patching and splicing capabilities
• Removable front and rear doors for maximum access
• Improved access to network terminations or splices
• Flexibility in rack space with a variety of solutions
• Complete family of low, medium and high capacity distribution
• Available with pre-terminated cabling or pigtails

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

5

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures
Multilink in-rack mounted termination enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions.
Enclosures are supplied with universal mounting hardware for 19” or 23” mounting. Slide out and swing out master panel
style enclosures are designed to support the storage of splice trays. Each enclosure can be ordered fully terminated with
cabling or pigtails from the factory, saving valuable installation time and in-field labor expenses. Products with your
customized logo are available for OEM or other applications. Units are available in standard Black or Off White.

Swing-Out Style Fiber Distribution Units

FRM-1RU-2X-SO

12

Stock ID 10-4323 (Black)
10-4325 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 1RU in height with 2 termination
panel capacity and swing out master panel tray
Dimensions 1.75” H x 17” W x 11.0” D
Weight 12 lbs.
Material 16 GA Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (2) Panels
Splice Tray (2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FRM-2RU-4X-SO

13

Stock ID 10-4327 (Black)
10-4326 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 2RU in height with 4 termination
panel capacity and swing out master panel tray
Dimensions 3.5” H x 17” W x 11.0” D
Weight 13 lbs.
Material 16 GA Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (4) Panels
Splice Tray (4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

6

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Slide-Out Removable Top Style Fiber Distribution Units
FRM-1RU-3X-TS-S

21

Stock ID 045-115-10 (Black)
045-115-11 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 1RU in height with split top design
and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 1.75” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 15 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (3) Panels
Splice Tray (1) 2000-SSTA

FRM-2RU-6X-TS-S

30

Stock ID 045-083-10 (Black)
045-083-11 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 2RU in height with 6 termination
panel capacity and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 3.50” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 19 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (6) Panels
Splice Tray (3) 2000-SSTA

FRM-3RU-9X-TS-S

31

Stock ID 045-152-10 (Black)
045-152-11 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 3RU in height with 9 termination
panel capacity and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 5.25” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 20.5 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (9) Panels
Splice Tray (5) 2000-SSTA

FRM-4RU-12X-TS-S

48

Stock ID 045-591-10 (Black)
045-591-11 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 4RU in height with 12 termination
panel capacity and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 6.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 26 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (12) Panels
Splice Tray (8) 2000-SSTA

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

7

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

High Density Fiber Distribution Units
FRM-1RU-3X-TS-HD

39

Stock ID 045-339-10 (Black)
045-339-11 (Off White)
Description High Density Rack Mount FDU 1RU with split top
design and locking slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 1.75” H x 17” W x 16” D
Weight 17 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (3) Panels
Splice Tray (2) 4072-SSTP

FRM-2RU-6X-TS-HD

40

Stock ID 045-382-10 (Black)
045-382-11 (Off White)
Description High Density Rack Mount FDU 2RU with split top
design and locking slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 3.5” H x 17” W x 16” D
Material Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (6) Panels
Splice Tray (4) 4072-SSTP

FRM-3RU-9X-TS-HD

41

Stock ID 045-418-10 (Black)
045-418-11 (Off White)
Description High Density Rack Mount FDU 3RU with split top
design and locking slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 5.25” H x 17” W x 16” D
Material Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (9) Panels
Splice Tray (6) 4072-SSTP

FRM-4RU-12X-TS-HD

42

Stock ID 045-391-10 (Black)
045-391-11 (Off White)
Description High Density Rack Mount FDU 4RU with split top
design and locking slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 7” H x 17” W x 16” D
Material Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (12) Panels
Splice Tray (8) 4072-SSTP

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

8

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

High Density Fiber Distribution Units
Features & Benefits
• 72 Fiber capacity in 1 Rack Unit
• Convenient split-top design
• Durable powder coat finish available in
•
•
•
•

black or off white
Patching and splicing capabilities
Locking master panel
Increased fiber management
Available pre-terminated

This rack mounted fiber
distribution unit provides high density
fiber capacity of up to 72 fibers when utilizing
the adapter panels shown and two of our 4072-SSTP
splice trays (not included). The slide out master panel tray locks
into the retracted and fully extended positions. The split top design
allows for easy termination access while bridge lances that run along the front
of the unit provide easy tie down ability for fiber management entering or exiting the
unit.

FRM-1RU-3X-TS-HD
Stock ID: 045-339-10

FRM-8RU-24X-TS-HD

44

Stock ID 045-583-10 (Black)
045-583-11 (Off White)
Description High Density Rack Mount FDU 8RU in height with
split top design and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 13.88” H x 17” W x 16” D
Material Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (24) Panels
Splice Tray (16) 4072-SSTP

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

9

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Slide-Out Style Fiber Distribution Units

FRM-2RU-4X-TS

14

Stock ID 10- 4457 (Black - Steel)
10- 4533 (Black - Aluminum)
10- 4453 (Off White - Aluminum)
Description Rack Mount FDU 2RU in height with 4 termination
panel capacity and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 3.5” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Finish Polyester Powder Coated
Weight Steel - 22 lbs.
Aluminum - 12 lbs.
Capacity (4) Panels
Splice Tray (2) 2000-SSTA

FRM-3RU-6X-TS

15

Stock ID 10-4538 (Black - Steel)
10-4540 (Black - Aluminum)
10-4455 (Off White - Aluminum)
Description Rack Mount FDU 3RU in height with 6 termination
panel capacity and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 5.25” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Finish Polyester Powder Coated
Weight Steel - 24 lbs.
Aluminum - 13 lbs.
Capacity (6) Panels
Splice Tray (3) 2000-SSTA

FRM-4RU-12X-TS

16

Stock ID 10-4534 (Black - Steel)
10-4536 (Black - Aluminum)
10-4456 (Off White - Aluminum)
Description Rack Mount FDU 4RU in height with 12 termination
panel capacity and slide out master panel tray
Dimensions 7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Finish Polyester Powder Coated
Weight Steel - 26 lbs.
Aluminum - 14 lbs.
Capacity (12) Panels
Splice Tray (8) 2000-SSTA

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

10

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Slide-Out Style Fiber Distribution Units
FRM-8RU-24X-TS

17

Stock ID 10-4546 (Black)
10-4545 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 8.5RU in height with 24
termination panel capacity and dual slide out
master panel trays
Dimensions 14.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 19 lbs.
Material 060” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (24) Panels
Splice Tray (16) 2000-SSTA (8 trays on each Slide out Master
Panel Tray)

Slide-Out Style Combination Patch & Splice Distribution Units
FRM-4RU-4X-PS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)

18

Stock ID 10-5270 (Black)
10-2146 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 4RU in height with slide out master
panel with 4 termination capacity and separate
splice out splice tray panel
Dimensions 7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 16 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (4) Panels
Splice Tray (4) 4048-SSTP or (4) 4072-SSTP

FRM-8RU-12X-PS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)

19

Stock ID 10-8584 (Black)
10-8585 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount FDU 8.5RU in height with slide out
master panel with 12 termination capacity and
separate splice out splice tray panel
Dimensions 14.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 20 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (12) Panels
Splice Tray (8) 4048-SSTP or (8) 4072-SSTP

*Adapter Panels And Splice Trays Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

11

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Slide-Out Style Splice Shelves

FRM-3RU-SS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)
Stock ID 10-8572 (Black)
10-8574 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount 3RU in height slide out master splice
tray support panel
Dimensions 5.25” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight Material .060” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (4) 24 Fiber Splice Trays
Splice Tray (4) 4048-SSTP or (4) 4072-SSTP

FRM-4RU-SS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)
Stock ID 10-8568 (Black)
10-8570 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount 4RU in height slide out master splice
tray support panel
Dimensions 7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight Material .060” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (8) 24 Fiber Splice Trays
Splice Tray (8) 4048-SSTP or (8) 4072-SSTP

FRM-8RU-SS (Includes 1 4048 splice tray)
Stock ID 10-8558 (Black)
10-8583 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount 8.5RU in height slide out master splice
tray support panel
Dimensions 14.88” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight Material .060” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (16) 24 Fiber Splice Trays (8 on each shelf)
Splice Tray (16) 4048-SSTP or (16) 4072-SSTP

*Splice Trays Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

12

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

In-Rack Patch Enclosure Solutions

FF-RM-12X

20

Stock ID 10-1038 (Black)
10-6450 (Off White)
Description Rack Mount 4RU in height fixed master panel with
integrated horizontal and vertical jumper guides
Dimensions 7.0” H x 17” W x 14.0” D
Weight 9.5 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (12) Panels

FRM-1RU-2X-TS-DOT

46

Stock ID 045-586-10 (Black)
Description Rack Mount 1RU in height made for a 19” or 23” rack
width. Features slide-off cover, 2 fixed bulkhead
positions, and 2 captive grommets for cable entry.
Dimensions 1.72” H x 12.25” W x 7.68” D (excluding brackets)
Weight 5.1 lbs.
Material Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (2) Panels
(1) 612-SSTP Splice Tray

Main unit is offset 15/16” from front of brackets

Rack / Wall Mount Enclosure
FRWM-1RU-3X-TS

36

Stock ID 045-236-10 (Black)
Description Rack or Wall Mount 1RU in height with fixed
bulkhead bracket and large fiber management
spools
Dimensions 1.75” H x 17” W x 13.8” D
Weight 16 lbs.
Material .060” Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (3) Panels
(1) 2000-SSTA

Shown with covers removed

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

13

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Optional Rack Mount Equipment
Sliding Drawer Shelves
Stock ID 1RU - 045-372-10
2RU - 045-163-10
Description 19” Rack Mount Drawer
Dimensions 1RU - 1.75” H x 19” W x 16.02” D
2RU - 3.65” H x 19” W x 16.02” D
Material Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity 1RU - 1.27” H x 16.25” W x 15.63” D
2RU - 3.54” H x 16.25” W x 15.63” D
The Multilink Rack Mount Sliding Drawer Shelf is available 1RU or 2RU in
height and designed for 19” rack mounting only. Drawer fully extends
from rack and can also be used as a shelf for a laptop or test equipment.
(Includes mounting hardware)

FRM-1RU-3X Bulkhead
Stock ID 065-060-10
Description 19” Rack Mount Patch Panel 1RU w/ 10-32 & 12-24
hardware included
Material Powder Coated Steel
Capacity 3 Adapter Panels

FRM-1RU-3X Bulkhead w/ Shelf
Stock ID 072-035-10
Description 19” Rack Mount Bulkhead with Shelf for Slack
Storage w/ 10-32 & 12-24 hardware included
Dimensions 1.75” H x 19” W x 8” D
Material Powder Coated Steel
Capacity 3 Adapter Panels

FRM-1RU Shelf
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Material
Capacity

072-043-10
19” Rack Mount Shelf 1RU
1.75” H x 19” W x 12” D
Powder Coated Steel
30 lbs.

FRM-RU Filler Panels
Stock ID 1RU - 072-046-10
2RU - 072-046-20
3RU - 072-046-30
4RU - 072-046-40
Description 19” Rack Mount Filler Panels
Material Powder Coated Steel

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

14

440.366.6966

Rack Mount Fiber Enclosures

Rack Enclosure Accessories
Lock & Key for Rack Mount Enclosures
Stock ID 99534
Description Lock and Key for Lexan Doors of Rack Mount
Enclosures
Ask for 99534 to be installed on your rack mount enclosure

Strain Relief Kit (1RU)
Stock ID 065-249-10
Description Strain Relief Bracket for 1RU Rack Mount Enclosures
with bracket and tie straps
Material Powder coated steel, plastic straps

Strain Relief Kit (2RU or larger)
Stock ID
Description
Diameter
Material
Grommets

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

15

065-151-10
Strain Relief Bracket for Rack Mount Enclosures
Ø.300 - .790”
Powder coated steel, rubber grommets
(1) Ø .300 - .400”, (1) Ø .410 - .500”, (1) Ø .510 - .790”

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Multilink’s Family of Wall Mount Enclosures

The Multilink family of wall mounted optical termination enclosures are designed to provide solutions for both the
interconnection of patch cabling and a combination of patching and splicing. The family accommodates from a single
termination panel up to 16 termination panels. Depending on the type of optical termination panel used, enclosures can
support up to 192 terminations. The family of enclosures is separated into several application specific groups to support
the level of termination capacity and feature sets required for the enclosures mount location.

Features & Benefits
• Durable Steel or Aluminum with a polyester powder coat finish in either standard Black or Off White.
• Several units are designed with additional means of security but maintaining ease in access for craft personnel.
• Individual compartments for separation of network and distribution terminations.
• Wide range of sizes and feature sets to accommodate specific application requirements.
• Easy to install, load, and maintain.
• Available with loaded termination panels and pre-connectorized pigtails.
• Durable construction.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

16

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Standard Single Outer Door Fiber Distribution Units
Multilink wall mount enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are divided
into several groups to meet application specific requirements such as Construction Grade, Single Door, Dual Door, Added
Security, NEMA 4 and NEMA 12. Products with your customized logo are available for OEM or other applications. Units are
available in standard Black or Off White unless specified.

MultiLite Construction Grade Fiber Distribution Units
WM-2X
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

WM-4X
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

WM-8X
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

26
10-7944 Black Only
Wall mount single outer door construction grade
distribution unit with 2 termination panel capacity
9.25” H x 13” W x 3.5” D
7 lbs.
18 GA Powder Coated Steel
(2) Panels
(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

27
10-7945 Black Only
Wall mount single outer door construction grade
distribution unit with 4 termination panel capacity
11.5” H x 13” W x 3.5” D
8 lbs.
18 GA Powder Coated Steel
(4) Panels
(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

28
10-7790 Black Only
Wall mount single outer door construction grade
distribution unit with inner network compartment
security door and 8 termination panel capacity
12” H x 17” W x 6” D
15 lbs.
18 GA Powder Coated Steel
(8) Panels
(8) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

17

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Standard Single Outer Door Fiber Distribution Units
FWM-1X

32

Stock ID 045-164-10 / FWM-1X-BK, Black
045-164-11 / FWM-1X-OW, Off White
Description Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for
inter connectivity and termination of optical fibers
Panels (1) Multilink Adapter Panels
(see individual panel capacities)
Dimensions 6.30” H x 5.50” W x 1.57” D
Fiber Capacity (1) Fiber Spool
Material 18 Gauge Steel
Coating Electrostatic polyester powder coat paint, available
in Black & Off White

FWM-1X-SP

33

Stock ID 045-187-10 / FWM-1X-SP-BK, Black
045-187-11 / FWM-1X-SP-OW, Off White
Description Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for
inter connectivity and termination of optical fibers
Panels (1) Multilink Adapter Panels
(see individual panel capacities)
Dimensions 6.30” H x 5.50” W x 1.57” D
Fiber Capacity (12) Single Splice Holder
Material 18 Gauge Steel
Coating Electrostatic polyester powder coat paint, available
in Black & Off White

FWM-2X-PH

35

Stock ID 045-178-10 (Black)
045-178-11 (Off White)
Description Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for
inter connectivity and termination of optical fiber
Dimensions 10” H x 8.22” W x 3.81” D
Material 16 GA Gauge Steel
Capacity (2) Multilink Adapter Panels
Splice Tray (2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

*Adapter Panels And Fiber Are Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

18

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Standard Lockable Fiber Distribution Units
FWM-2X-LC
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

10-2012 (Black)
10-2730 (Off White)
Wall mount single outer door distribution unit with
inner network compartment security door and 2
termination panel capacity
10.2” H x 12” W x 3.5” D
8 lbs.
18 GA Powder Coated Steel
(2) Panels
(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

FWM-4X-LC
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

FWM-4X-D
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

FWM-9X-D
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

01

02

10-1914 (Black)
10-2714 (Off White)
Wall mount single outer door distribution unit with
inner network compartment security door and 4
termination panel capacity
12” H x 12” W x 3.5” D
9 lbs.
18 GA Powder Coated Steel
(4) Panels
(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

08
99024BK (Black)
99024K (Off White)
Wall mount dual outer door distribution unit
with lockable network compartment door and 4
termination panel capacity
10.8” H x 12” W x 4” D
10 lbs.
16 GA Powder Coated Steel
(4) Panels
(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

09
10-5283 (Black)
10-5281 (Off White)
Wall mount dual outer door distribution unit with
lockable network and distribution compartment
doors and 9 termination panel capacity
17” H x 21.2” W x 5” D
23 lbs.
16 GA Powder Coated Steel
(9) Panels
(3) 2000-SSTA

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

19

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Splice Tray Management & Storage Units
FWE288XH (Splice tray not included)
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

045-063-10 (Black Only)
Economy 288 port wall mount unit, double door
17” H x 21.2” W x 5” D
23 LBS.
16 Gauge Steel
12 splice trays, single fusion, ribbon, or mechanical
(12) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP
(12) 2000-SSTA
(12) 2020-SSTP

FWM-0X-N1-3
Stock ID 045-139-10 (Beige Only)
Description Wall mount splice tray storage and distribution unit
with padlockable and removable outer door.
3 Splice trays included.
Dimensions 17.5” H x 9” W x 4” D
Material 16 GA Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (3) Splice Trays
Splice Tray 1120-SSTA

FIBER MANAGEMENT

Optical Splice Enclosure / OSE 384/576
OSE 384/576
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

045-009-10 / OSE 384/576 Black
045-009-11 / OSE 384/576 Off White
Wall mounted central splicing and cable
management enclosure
32” H x 30” W x 15.25” D
47 lbs.
.080” Aluminum
(16) Splice Trays
(16) 4048-SSTP or (16) 4072 SSTP

Features & Benefits
• Compact design with high splice storage capacity
• Single outer and removable door
• Lightweight but durable .080” Aluminum
• All Corrosion resistant materials with outer protective polyester powder coating
*Splice Trays And Fiber Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

20

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Added Security Dual Door Fiber Distribution Units
FF-WM-2X
Stock ID
Description

Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

FF-WM-4X
Stock ID
Description

Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

FF-WM-8X
Stock ID
Description

Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

05
10-4469 (Black)
10-2539 (Beige)
10-6707 (Off White)
Compact wall mount dual outer door distribution
unit with 2 termination panel capacity and
integrated network compartment and
removable style locking door
6” H x 12” W x 5.5” D
8 lbs.
16 GA Powder Coated Steel
(2) Panels
(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

06
10-4462 (Black)
10-2542 (Beige)
10-6706 (Off White)
Compact wall mount dual outer door distribution
unit with 4 termination panel capacity and
integrated network compartment work shelf and
removable style locking door
11” H x 14” W x 4.5” D
12 lbs.
16 GA Powder Coated Steel
(4) Panels
(2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP

29
045-030-10 (Black)
045-030-11 (Off White)
Compact wall mount dual outer door distribution
unit with 8 termination panel capacity and
integrated network compartment work shelf and
removable style locking door
16” H x 20” W x 6.5” D
24 lbs.
16 GA Powder Coated Steel
(8) Panels
(4) 2000-SSTA

*Adapter Panels Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

21

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Outdoor Style Fiber Distribution Units
FWM-2X-N1 (with termination panel)
FWM-0X-N1 (without termination panel)
ICM-2X (optional termination panel)

22

Stock ID 10-4870 - FWM-2X-N1 (Beige Only)
10-9867 - FWM-0X-N1 (Beige Only)
10-7812 - ICM-2X
Description Wall mount distribution unit with lockable
and removable single outer door. Available as a 2
panel termination and splice or splice only unit
Dimensions 17.5” H x 9” W x 4” D
Material 16 GA Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (2) Panels
Splice Tray (2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP
(4 trays if no termination panel unit used)
Compliances NEMA Type 1

FWM-2X-N4D

23

Stock ID 045-060-10 (Beige Only)
Description Wall mount single outer door distribution
unit with lockable network compartment door
and 2 termination panel capacity
Dimensions 13” H x 13.7” W x 5.75” D
Material .08” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (2) Panels
Splice Tray (2) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP
Compliances NEMA Type 1, 4
(Mounting kit required for NEMA 4 compliance)
Mounting Kit 072-105-11
Pole Kit 072-060-10

FWM-4X-N4D

24

Stock ID 045-080-10 (Beige Only)
Description Wall mount single outer door distribution
unit with lockable network compartment door
and 4 termination panel capacity
Dimensions 14” H x 14” W x 7” D
Material .08” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (4) Panels
Splice Tray (4) 2000-SSTA
(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP
Compliances NEMA Type 1, 4
(Mounting kit required for NEMA 4 compliance)
Mounting Kit 072-105-11
Pole Kit 072-051-10

FWM-12X-N4D

25

Stock ID 045-042-10 (Beige Only)
Description Wall mount single outer door distribution
unit with lockable network compartment door
and 12 termination panel capacity
Dimensions 22.4” H x 19.5” W x 10.5” D
Material .08” Powder Coated Aluminum
Capacity (12) Panels
Splice Tray (6) 3000-SSTA
Compliances NEMA 1, 4
(Mounting kit required for NEMA 4 compliance)
Mounting Kit 072-105-11
Pole Kit 072-061-10
*Adapter Panels, Fiber, and Splice Trays Not Included In Units
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

22

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Outdoor Style Fiber Distribution Units
FF-OCS-6X

11

Stock ID 10-3338 (Gray Only)
Description Wall mounted NEMA 1, 2, 3S, 4, 4X, 12 & 13 rated
enclosure with a single outer door and inner
network security door. 6 Panel termination
capacity and field drilled cable entries using
standard weather tight conduit fittings.
Dimensions Outside - 18” H x 16” W x 10” D
Weight Inside - 16” H x 14” W x 7” D
Material 10 lbs.
Capacity Impact and Weather Resistant Plastic
Splice Tray (6) Panels
(4) 1120-SSTA or 1120-SSTP
Options NPT Cable Entrance Kit (065-016-10)

Lockable Draw-Latch

Cable Addition Kit
Stock ID 065-016-10
Description Cable Addition Kit for Branch or Lateral Cable
Additions, .3”- .98”
UOM Each

Grommet Inserts For 1" NPT Fittings

Stock ID

10-5552

10-5127

10-5128

10-6550

10-5129

10-6552

10-6002

10-5130

10-5134

065-082-10

10 Pack ID

10-5553

10-5421

10-5422

10-6551

10-5419

10-6553

10-6003

10-5483

10-5420

N/A

# of Ports

1

1

1

8

6

4

4

4

4

1-SC

Cable Size

.3"-.4"

.41"-.5"

.51"-.79"

.150"

.265

.300

.350

.370

Flat Drop

SC Outdoor

Weight

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.2 lbs.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

23

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Plastic Fiber Distribution Units
FWP-4SC-4SP
Stock ID 020-124-20
Description Wall mounted, plastic distribution unit with
removable cover and swing out slack tray.
Dimensions 4.3” H x 6” W x 1.2” D
Material Plastic
Capacity (4) SC Connections
(4) Splices

FWP-16SC-24SP
Stock ID 020-120-20
Description Wall mount distribution box with flip-up patch
panel, and fixed splice tray below
Dimensions 12” H x 10.25” W x 3.75” D
Material Plastic
Capacity (16) SC Connections
(24) Splices

FWP-8SC-12SP
Stock ID: 020-118-20

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

24

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Plastic Fiber Distribution Units
RNI-1500 w/ Fiber Distribution Configuration
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Capacity
Material
Cable Entry

020-098-10
Indoor/Outdoor Plastic Wall Enclosure RNI-1500
12.27” W x 11.88” H x 4.86” D
(2) Adapter Panels and (2) 612 Splice Trays
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex
paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure

FWP-4SC-12SP
Stock ID 020-125-20
Description Wall mount distribution box with removable outer
door and fixed splice chip
Dimensions 6” H x 4.13” W x 1.25” D
Material Plastic
Capacity (4) SC Connections
(12) Splices

FWP-8SC-24SP
Stock ID 020-123-20
Description Wall mount distribution box with flip-up outer
door, fixed adapter panel, and dual splice trays
Dimensions 10.4” H x 6.1” W x 2.2” D
Material Plastic
Capacity (8) SC Connections
(24) Splices

The FWP-8SC-12SP is one of a new family of
plastic fiber wall mount boxes for fiber to the
home. The box is light, compact, and designed
to connect and protect your FTTH cables.
Within this box you can easily route up to 8 SC
connections and up to 12 single fusion splices
utilizing outdoor cables or indoor soft cables.
This enclosure is also IP 65/NEMA 13 compliant
and easily secured with the sliding shackle and
tie-straps.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

FWP-8SC-12SP
Stock ID 020-118-20
Description Wall mounted, plastic distribution unit with
removable cover and swing out splice panel.
Dimensions 8.3” H x 6.9” W x 2” D
Material Plastic
Capacity (8) SC Connections
(12) Splices

25

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Splice Trays
All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The
splice trays provide protection and organization of fiber splices. Adhesive backed fiber insert holders and assorted cable
ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

2000-SSTA
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

3000-SSTA
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

2020-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

26

X2
70506K
2000-SSTA
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
11.75” L x 4” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.65 lbs.
Aluminum
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

X6
70505K
3000-SSTA
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
7.75” L x 6” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.54 lbs.
Aluminum
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

X3
70709K
2020-SSTP
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
12.25” L x 4” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.54 lbs.
Plastic Base w/ Aluminum Cover
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

440.366.6966

Wall Mount Fiber Enclosures

Splice Trays
All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The
splice trays provide protection and organization of fiber splices. Adhesive backed fiber insert holders and assorted cable
ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

612-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

X8
065-209-10
612-SSTP
12 Single Fusion Splice Tray
6” L x 2.75” W x .75” D
Approx. 0.10 lbs.
Plastic
12 Single Fusion Splices Only
40mm Splice Sleeve Only

1120-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

X9
072-059-10
1120-SSTP
12 Single Fusion Splice Tray
6.5” L x 5.13” W x 0.5” D
Approx. 0.20 lbs.
Plastic
12 Single Fusion Splices Only
40mm Splice Sleeve Only

4048-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

4072-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

3030-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

27

X4
10-8007
4048-SSTP
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
9.75” L x 4.5” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.60 lbs.
Plastic
24 Single Fusion Splices (48 Dual Stacked), 16
Mechanical Splices, or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

X5
065-001-10
4072-SSTP
36 Single Fusion Splice Tray
10.75” L x 5.75” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.60 lbs.
Plastic
36 Single Fusion Splices (72 Dual Stacked), 24
Mechanical Splices, or 144 Mass Fusion Splices

X7
70706K
3030-SSTP
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
8.25” L x 5.75” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.50 lbs.
Plastic
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

440.366.6966

Fiber Pedestals

Fiber Distribution Pedestals

An Outside Plant Pedestal designed for splicing and termination fiber optic cable. The peds split base design allows for
ring cutting of the fiber optic cable for mid-span access, and termination of up to 48 drop cables utilizing SC Duplex style
adaptors. The optical splitters used within this product are a fused biconic design and housed within the lower splice
tray. The pedestal includes one 24 fiber splice tray, and all the hardware required to secure three cables. This design also
lends itself to cross-connect applications saving the expense of a stand-alone cabinet.

Construction
Material

CONSTRUCTION
Base - HDPE High Density Poly Ethylene
Cover - LDPE Low Density Poly Ethylene
Rotomolding
Frame & Termination Plate - Aluminum

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Plate Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Cover

Removable cover slides on top of unit and is
secured by hex-head bolt

Cable Entrance

Bottom Open For Concrete Pad, Or Vault
Mounting

Capacity

(24) SC Duplex Adapters
(2) 4048-SSTP Splice Trays (1 Included)

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

UOM

020-135-20

48 SC Fiber Distribution Pedestal

31”H x 10”W x 10”D

Each

10-8007

4048-SSTP 24ct. Single Fusion Splice Tray

-

Each

For more information on additional sizes,
pricing, and availability please contact your
Customer Service Representative.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

28

440.366.6966

Fiber Pedestals

Rack and Wall Mount FDU Configurator

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

29

440.366.6966

Preterminated Enclosures

Rack and Wall Mount FDU Configurator

Aluminum Splice Trays

Network Entrance
(Slide Out Only)
Steel and aluminum with a
polyester powder coat finish

Fiber Management Spools

Loaded Adapter Panels

Universal mounting
with reversible 19” or
23” mounting brackets
Blank Panels
(For Future Expansion)

Swing out or Slide out
master termination
and splice tray panels

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Network Fiber
Routing Management

30

440.366.6966

Preterminated Enclosures

Rack and Wall Mount FDU Configurator
MLML -

02

-

24 -

B

-

ST6

-

MP

-

003

-

21

-

12

Translates:
FWM024XLC, 24 loaded ports, Black, ST 6 Port Multimode, Multifiber pigtails, 3 meters in length, equipped with 2 of the 1120-SSTA trays
Enclosure Type
WALL MOUNTS
01 FWM-2X-LC
02 FWM-4X-LC
05 FF-WM-2X
06 FF-WM-4X
08 FWM-4X-D
09 FWM-9X-D
11 FF-OCS-6X
22 FWM-2X-N4
23 FWM-2X-N4D
24 FWM-4X-N4D
25 FWM-12X-N4D
26 WM-2X (Multilite)
27 WM-4X (Multilite)
28 WM-8X (Multilite)
29 FF-WM-8X
32 FWM-1X-BK
33 FWM-1X-SP-BK
35 FWM-2X-PH
37 RNI-1000
38 RNI-1500
43 RNI-1200
45 RNI-2500

# Of
Conn.
006
012
018
024
030
036
042
048
054
060
066
072
096
144
288

Color

Adapter

Pigtail

B-Black
O-Off White
BE-Beige*
G-Gray*

SCS=SC Simplex MM
SCD=SC Duplex MM
SUS=SC Simplex SM
SUD=SC Duplex SM
SAS=SC/APC Simplex SM
SAD=SC/APC Duplex SM
SGS=SC Simplex 10Gig
SGD=SC Duplex 10Gig

00=None
T9=900µm (spiral wrap)
T3=3mm
MD=Module
MP=Multifiber
OSP=OSP Dielectric Cable
OSA=OSP Armored Cable
RBN=Ribbon
DST=Distribution Cable
(I/O Riser Rated)

RACK MOUNTS
12 FRM-1RU-2X-SO
21 FRM-1RU-3X-TS-S
39 FRM-1RU-3X-TS-HD
46 FRM-1RU-2X-TS-DOT
13 FRM-2RU-4X-SO
14 FRM-2RU-4X-TS
30 FRM-2RU-6X-TS-S
40 FRM-2RU-6X-TS-HD
15 FRM-3RU-6X-TS
31 FRM-3RU-9X-TS-S
41 FRM-3RU-9X-TS-HD
16 FRM-4RU-12X-TS
48 FRM-4RU-12X-TS-S
18 FRM-4RU-4X-PS
42 FRM-4RU-12X-TS-HD
17 FRM-8.5RU-24X-TS
19 FRM-8.5RU-12X-PS
44 FRM-8RU-24X-TS-HD
20 FF-RM-12X

FC=FC MM
FU=FC SM
FA=FC/APC

Length
(Meters)
00X**

Splice Tray***

Splice
Count

X2=2000-SSTA
X3=2020-SSTP
X4=4048-SSTP
X5=4072-SSTP
X6=3000-SSTA
X7=3030-SSTP
X8=612-SSTP
X9=1120-SSTP

24
24
24
36
24
24
12
12

“X” denotes
number of trays

LCAD=LC/APC Duplex SM
LCAQ=LC/APC Quad SM
LCPD=LC Duplex MM
LCPQ=LC Quad MM
LCUD=LC Duplex SM
LCUQ=LC Quad SM
LCGD=LC Duplex 10 Gig
LCGQ=LC Quad 10 Gig
ST6=ST 6 port MM
ST8=ST 8 port MM
ST12=ST 12 port MM
SM6=ST 6 port SM
SM8=ST 8 port SM
SM12=ST 12 port SM

RACK/WALL MOUNT
36 FRWM-1RU-3X-TS

* Only available for specified boxes. Refer to catalog descriptions.
** Feet divided by 2.54 and rounded up to the full meter.
*** Align with unit type.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

31

440.366.6966

Loaded Adapter Panels

Stock ID

Model #

10-5458

MST-06-P-BLK

10-5457

MST-06-P-OW

99234K

MST-06-C-BLK

99223K

MST-06-C-OW

10-9196

MST-12-P-BLK

10-9195

MST-12-P-OW

10-6065

MST-12-C-BLK

10-6177

MST-12-C-OW

10-5095

MFC-06-P-BLK

10-8751

MFC-06-P-OW

10-4744

MFC-06-C-BLK

99218CK

MFC-06-C-OW

065-218-50

MFC-12-P-BLK

065-218-51

MFC-12-P-OW

065-218-10

MFC-12-C-BLK

065-218-11

MFC-12-C-OW

10-3628

MTRJ-12-MM-P-BLK

Conn.
Type

# Of
Conn.

Ferrule

Mode

Fiber
Polish

Conn.
Color

ST

6

Phos.
Bronze

MM

PC
UPC

Chrome

ST

6

Ceramic

SM

Any

Chrome

ST

12

Phos.
Bronze

MM

PC
UPC

Chrome

ST

12

Ceramic

SM

Any

Chrome

FC

6

Phos.
Bronze

MM

PC
UPC

Chrome

FC

6

Ceramic

SM

Any

Chrome

FC

12

Phos.
Bronze

MM

PC
UPC

Chrome

FC

12

Ceramic

SM

Any

Chrome

N/A

MM
or
SM

PC
UPC

MTRJ

12

Plate
Color
Black
Off White
Black
Off White
Black
Off White
Black
Off White
Black
Off White
Black
Off White
Black
Off White
Black
Off White

ST6
SM6
ST12
SM12
FC
FU
FC
FU

Black
Black

MJ

10-3629

MTRJ-12-MM-P-OW

065-389-20

MMTP-06-B-BLK

-

MMTP-06-B-OW

Off White

Off White

065-378-20

MMTP-08-B-BLK

Black

-

MMTP-08-B-OW

Off White

065-389-30

MMTP-06-A-BLK

Black

-

MMTP-06-A-OW

Off White

065-378-30

MMTP-08-A-BLK

Black

-

MMTP-08-A-OW

Black
MTP

MTP

MTP

MTP

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Plate
Code

6

8

6

8

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

SM

SM

MM

MM

APC

APC

PC

PC

Black

N/A

Black

N/A

Aqua

N/A

Aqua

N/A
Off White

32

440.366.6966

Loaded Adapter Panels
Stock ID

Model #

10-4810

MSC-06-SM-C-BLK

10-6178

MSC-06-SM-C-OW

10-1817

MSC-12-SM-C-BLK

Conn.
Type

# Of
Conn.

Ferrule

Mode

Fiber
Polish

Conn.
Color

SC

6

Ceramic

SM

UPC

Blue

MSC-12-SM-C-OW

065-478-10

MSC-06D-SM-C-BLK

SUS
Off White
Black

12

Ceramic

SM

UPC

Blue

SUD
Off White
Black

SC

6

Ceramic

SM

UPC

Blue

SUD

065-478-11

MSC-06D-SM-C-OW

Off White

10-4442

MSCA-06-SM-C-BLK

Black

99222K

MSCA-06-SM-C-OW

10-5327

MSCA-12-SM-C-BLK

SC

6

Ceramic

SM

APC

Green

SAS
Off White
Black

SC

12

Ceramic

SM

APC

Green

SAD

99224K

MSCA-12-SM-C-OW

Off White

065-479-10

MSCA-06D-SMC-BLK

Black

065-479-11

MSCA-06D-SMC-OW

10-9995

MSC-06-MM-P-BLK

SC

MSC-06-MM-P-OW

10-5535

MSC-12-MM-P-BLK

065-518-10

MSC-12-MM-P-OW

065-477-10

MSC-06D-MM-PBLK

SC

065-477-11

MSC-06D-MM-POW

065-242-10

MSCG-6-MM-P-BLK

065-242-11

MSCG-6-MM-P-OW

065-243-10

MSCG-12-MM-PBLK

065-243-11

MSCG-12-MM-POW

065-480-10

MSCG-6D-MM-PBLK

065-480-11

MSCG-6D-MM-POW

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

6

Ceramic

SM

APC

Green

SAD
Off White

SC
10-9996

Plate
Code

Black

SC
10-6181

Plate
Color

SC

6

12

6

SC
10
GIG

6

SC
10
GIG

12

SC
10
GIG

33

6

Phos.
Bronze

Black
MM

Beige

SCS
Off White
Black

Phos.
Bronze

MM

Phos.
Bronze

MM

PC

Beige

SCD
Off White
Black

PC

Beige

SCD
Off White
Black

Phos.
Bronze

MM

Phos.
Bronze

MM

Phos.
Bronze

PC

UPC

Aqua

SGS
Off White
Black

UPC

Aqua

SGD
Off White
Black

MM

UPC

Aqua

SGD
Off White

440.366.6966

Loaded Adapter Panels

Stock ID

Model #

10-9709

MLCD-12-SM-C-BLK

10-9710

MLCD-12-SM-C-OW

065-244-10

MLCQ-24-SM-C-BLK

Conn.
Type

# Of
Conn.

Ferrule

Mode

Fiber
Polish

Conn.
Color

Plate
Color
Black

LC

12

Ceramic

SM

UPC

Blue

LCUD
Off White
Black

LC

24

Ceramic

SM

UPC

Blue

LCUQ

065-244-11

MLCQ-24-SM-C-OW

Off White

10-9123

MLCDA-12-SM-CBLK

Black

065-508-10

MLCDA-12-SM-COW

065-420-10

MLCQA-24-SM-CBLK

065-420-11

MLCQA-24-SM-COW

10-3626

MLCD-12-MM-P-BLK

10-3627

MLCD-12-MM-P-OW

065-225-10

MLCQ-24-MM-PBLK

LC

MLCQ-24-MM-P-OW

065-245-10

MLCDG-12-MMP-BLK

065-245-11

MLCDG-12-MMP-OW

065-246-10

MLCQG-24-MMP-BLK

065-246-11

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

MLCQG-24-MMP-OW

12

Ceramic

SM

APC

Green

LCAD
Off White
Black

LC

24

Ceramic

SM

APC

Green

LCAQ
Off White

LC

065-225-11

Plate
Code

LC

12

24

LC
10 GIG

12

LC
10 GIG

24

34

Black

Phos.
Bronze

MM

Phos.
Bronze

MM

PC

Beige

PC

Beige

LCPD
Off White
Black
LCPQ
Off White
Black

Phos.
Bronze

MM

Phos.
Bronze

MM

PC

Aqua

LCGD
Off White
Black

PC

Aqua

LCGQ
Off White

440.366.6966

Blank Adapter Panels
Stock ID

Model #

10-1690

MTRJ-03-NB-BLK

10-1689

MTRJ-03-NB-OW

10-6061

MSCB-06-BB-BLK

Conn.
Type

# Of
Conn. Holes

MTRJ

6

Black
Off White
Black
SC

10-6063

MSCB-06-BB-OW

065-390-10

MSCD-03-NB-BLK

065-390-11

MSCD-03-NB-OW

10-5534

MSCBH-03-NB-BLK

10-8187

MSCBH-03-NB-OW

10-5455

MSTA-03-BB-BLK

10-5450

MSTA-03-BB-OW

10-9188

MSTA-12-BB-BLK
MSTA-12-BB-OW

10-4610

MLCD-03-NB-BLK
MLCD-03-NB-OW

10-8750

MFCB-03-DB-BLK

3

SC DUPLEX
or
LC QUAD

6

ST

6

MFCB-03-DB-OW

065-227-10

MFCB-12-DB-BLK
MFCB-12-DB-OW

10-7666

MFMB-600BB-BLK
MFMB-600BB-OW

065-354-10

MKJB-04-NB-BLK
MKJB-04-NB-OW

065-389-10

MTP-06-BK

Black

MTP-06-OW

065-378-10

MTP-08-BK

Black

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

MTP-08-OW

35

6
Off White
Black
12
Off White
Black
0
Off White
Black
4
Off White
Black
6
Off White
Black

MTP
-

6
Off White

MTP
-

12
Off White

KEYSTONE
065-354-11

Off White

Black

10-7668

Black

Off White

FC
065-227-11

Off White

Black

FC
10-8752

Black

SC DUPLEX
or
LC QUAD

LC DUPLEX
10-4609

6
Off White

ST
10-9189

Plate Color

8
Off White

440.366.6966

Fiber Optic Adapters
Stock ID

Type

Fiber
Polish

Mode

Sleeve
Material

Color

Foot Print

99306

ST

Any

MM

Phos. Bronze

Chrome

ST

99307

ST

Any

SM

Ceramic

Chrome

ST

99309

FC

Any

MM

Phos. Bronze

Chrome

FC

99310

FC

Any

SM

Ceramic

Chrome

FC

10-1688

MTRJ

PC

MM
or
SM

N/A

Black

MTRJ

99304

SC Simplex

UPC

SM

Ceramic

Blue

SC Simplex

10-5513

SC Duplex

UPC

SM

Ceramic

Blue

SC Duplex

10-3642

SC Simplex

APC

SM

Ceramic

Green

SC Simplex

10-5378

SC Duplex

APC

SM

Ceramic

Green

SC Duplex

10-5382

SC Simplex

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Beige

SC Simplex

99302

SC Duplex

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Beige

SC Duplex

065-236-10

SC Simplex
10 GIG

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Aqua

SC Simplex

065-237-10

SC Duplex
10 GIG

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Aqua

SC Duplex

Stock ID

Description

065-384-10

Field Installable Connector, SC 62.5µm Multi Mode

065-385-10

Field Installable Connector, SC 9µm Single Mode

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

36

440.366.6966

Fiber Optic Adapters
Stock ID

Type

Fiber
Polish

Mode

Sleeve
Material

Color

Foot Print

10-4605

LC Duplex

UPC

SM

Ceramic

Blue

LC Duplex

065-239-10

LC Quad

UPC

SM

Ceramic

Blue

SC Duplex

065-414-10

LC Duplex

APC

SM

Ceramic

Green

LC Duplex

065-419-10

LC Quad

APC

SM

Ceramic

Green

SC Duplex

10-9711

LC Duplex

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Beige

LC Duplex

065-238-10

LC Quad

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Beige

SC Duplex

065-240-10

LC Duplex
10 GIG

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Aqua

SC Simplex

065-241-10

LC Quad
10 GIG

PC

MM

Phos. Bronze

Aqua

SC Duplex

065-146-10

MTP

APC

SM

N/A

Black

MTP

065-146-20

MTP

PC

MM

N/A

Aqua

MTP

SC Simplex

SC Duplex

Stock ID

Description

065-387-10

SC Simplex Panel Plug

065-388-10

SC Duplex Panel Plug

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

37

440.366.6966

Fiber Termination Modules

Fiber Termination Modules / FTMs
Pigtail Version

MTP Version

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

38

440.366.6966

Fiber Termination Modules

Fiber Termination Modules / FTMs
Splice Version

Ordering Information
FTM
Fiber
Termination
Module

-

-

-

Number of
Adapters

Front
Adapter
Type

*06

SC/UPC

SM, 9/125µm

12

SC/APC

SM, 9/125µm

24

LC/UPC

SM, 9/125µm

Fiber Type

*SC Only
SC/PC50

MM, 50/125µm (OM2)

SC/PC62

MM, 62.5/125µm (OM1)

SC/PCLO

MM, 50/125µm (OM3)
Laser Optimized

LC/PC50

MM, 50/125µm (OM2)

LC/PC62

MM, 62.5/125µm (OM1)

LC/PCLO

MM, 50/125µm (OM3)
Laser Optimized

Back Adapter Type

P*

Pigtail Version
Includes * length in meters of OFNR Distribution
Jacketed Fiber type per adapter type.

M1
or
M2

MTP Version
Includes 1 or 2 MTP adapters in back connected to
adapters in front with fiber type per adapter type.
M1=1-12 Adapters
M2=13-24 Adapters

S1

Splice Version
Includes 1 meter of color coded 900µm fiber
connected to adapters in front with fiber type per
adapter type.

SR1

Splice Version
Includes 1 meter of color coded Ribbon fiber
connected to adapters in front with fiber type per
adapter.

*Note: FTM Modules are typically suited to rack mounted fiber enclosures. All fibers used in FTM assemblies are SMF28e+ (ITU-T G.652) for SM and
Corning™ Clearcurve (ITU G.651.1) for MM.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

39

440.366.6966

Coupler/Splitter Modules

PLC Optical Splitters, LGX (Multilink ), & 19” Rack Mounting
TM

Small Form

LGX - SC/APC
1 x 8 (Single Slot)

Cassette

1 x 32 PLC Splitter SC/APC Rack Mount, 1RU

Specifications

Multilink Fiber Optics Line of PLC
splitters offers superior performance
and field- proven reliability for harsh
environments. Features include low
insertion loss (IL), low polarization
dependent loss (PDL), high port to port
uniformity, and compact space saving
designs.

Parameters

1x4

1x8

7.1 / 7.4

10.4 / 10.7

Operating wavelength nm
Insertion loss typ. / max. dB

Applications
• FTTx PON Networks
• CATV
• CWDM & DWDM Systems

1 x 16
1260-1650
13.6 / 13.9

16.8 / 17.2

Uniformity dB

≤ 0.8

≤ 1.0

≤ 1.4

≤ 1.6

PDL dB

≤ 0.3

≤ 0.3

≤ 0.3

≤ 0.3

Return loss dB

≥ 55

≥ 55

≥ 55

≥ 55

Directivity dB

≥ 55

≥ 55

≥ 55

≥ 55

Maximum input power mW
Operation Temperature C
Storage Temperature C

250

o

-40 ~ +85

o

Small Form Dimensions mm
Reggeized Cassette
Dimensions mm

Features & Benefits
• PLC Telcordia compliant GR1221
• Low Insertion Loss (IL)
• Low PDL
• Space-saving design
• Customized packaging available

1 x 32

-40 ~ +85
4 x 7 x 60

6 x 19 x 100

8 x 80 x 100

LGX Module Dimensions mm
Standard LC & SC Adapters
Compact LC Adapters Only

129 x 125 x 28

129 x 125 x 28

16 x 80 x 136

18 x 114 x 140

129 x 125 x 56
129 x 125 x 28

129 x 125 x 112
129 x 125 x 56

19” Rack Mount Dimensions
431 x 235 x 44
mm (width x depth x height)
N/A
17 x 9.25 x 1.75
in (width x depth x height)
Operating wavelength is design guaranteed. Above test results measured without connectors.

Ordering Information
Small Form & Cassette
___ X ___

- 60 -

Configuration

Style

01 x 04
01 x 08
01 x 16
01 x 32

S - Small Form
C - Cassette

_

-

___ / ___

Adapter Type
Input / Output
ALC
LCU
ASC
SCU
PL

LC/APC
LC/UPC
SC/APC
SC/UPC
Pigtail

-

__

Length in Meters

M - TD - P -

LGX & Rack Mount
-

M - TD - P - ___ X ___ - 60 -

_
Fiber
Style
9 - 900µm
2 - 2 mm*
3 - 3 mm*

*Note: 2 & 3 mm fiber available only in Cassette style.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

_

-

Configuration

Mounting Style

01 x 04*
01 x 08
01 x 16
01 x 32

M - LGX Module
R - Rack Mount

___ / ___
Adapter Type
Input / Output
ALC
LCU
ASC
SCU

LC/APC
LC/UPC
SC/APC
SC/UPC

*Note: 1x4 Configuration not available as rack module. All optical splitters
available in several custom configurations and packaging options contact
customer service for additional information.

40

440.366.6966

Fiber Pigtails
For Use In Rack And Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures
Stock ID

Connector/
Polish

10-6415
065-254-10

Spiral Wrapped
Single Mode (OS1)
9/125/900µm

10-6418

SC/UPC

10-8703
065-365-10
065-370-10
065-371-10
OFNR
(Yellow)

065-394-10
065-395-10
065-374-10

OFNR
(Yellow)

065-375-10

Single
Mode
Ribbon

SC/APC

LC/UPC
FC/UPC

SC/UPC
SC/APC
ST/UPC

Spiral Wrapped

12
8

3

12

3

12
6

3

12
6
12
6

3

12

3

065-437-10

LC/APC

12

3

065-282-10

SC/UPC

12

3

065-523-10

SC/APC

12

3

065-561-10

LC/UPC

12

3

065-056-10
065-101-10

SC/PC
ST/PC

6
6

LC/PC

12

3

FC/PC

6

3

065-376-10
065-377-10

065-439-10
065-438-10
065-494-10
065-487-10

ST/PC
LC/PC
SC/PC
ST/PC
LC/PC

OFNR
(Orange)

3

12

065-178-10

SC/PC

Stock ID Shown:
065-375-10

3

12

065-179-10

065-373-10

OFNR
(Yellow)

3

12

065-228-10

Stock ID Shown:
10-6418

3

6

LC/UPC

065-397-10

OFNR
(Aqua)

Spiral
Wrapped

3

065-396-10

065-372-10
OFNR
(Orange)

Multi Mode (OM1)
62.5/125/900µm

6

12

065-055-10

Multi Mode
(OM3)
50/125/900µm

3

6
ST/UPC

065-090-10
065-180-10

8
12

065-089-10
065-235-10

Overall
Length
(m)

6

10-6416
10-6417

# of
Fibers

6

Stock ID Shown:
065-373-10

3

12
6

3

12
12

3

6

OFNR
(Aqua)

3

12
6

3

12
12

Stock ID Shown:
065-487-10

3

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Pigtails Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

41

440.366.6966

Fiber Jumpers

Single Mode Simplex Jumpers
UPC / Simplex

APC / Simplex

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6310

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6311

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6312

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6313

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6314

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6315

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6316

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6317

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6318

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6319

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6320

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6321

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6322

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6323

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6324

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6325

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6326

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6327

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6328

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6329

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6400

FC/APC

FC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6401

FC/APC

FC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6402

FC/APC

FC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6403

FC/APC

FC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6404

FC/APC

FC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6405

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6406

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

10-6407

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6408

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

10-6409

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

42

440.366.6966

Fiber Jumpers

Single Mode Duplex Jumpers
UPC / Duplex

APC / Duplex

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6330

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6331

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6332

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6333

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6334

ST/UPC

ST/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6335

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6336

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6337

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6338

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6339

SC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6340

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6341

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6342

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6343

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6344

LC/UPC

LC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6345

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6346

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6347

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6348

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6349

FC/UPC

FC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

065-529-10

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

065-527-10

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

065-489-10

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

065-534-10

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

065-512-10

SC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

43

440.366.6966

Fiber Jumpers

Single Mode Hybrid Jumpers
UPC / Simplex

UPC / Duplex

APC / Simplex

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6380

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6381

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6382

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6383

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6384

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6385

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6386

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6387

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6388

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6389

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6390

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6391

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6392

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6393

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6394

ST/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

10-6395

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6396

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6397

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6398

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6399

LC/UPC

SC/UPC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6410

FC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

1

10-6411

FC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

2

10-6412

FC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

3

10-6413

FC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

5

10-6414

FC/APC

SC/APC

9/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Yellow

10

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

44

440.366.6966

Fiber Jumpers

Multi Mode Simplex Jumpers
50/125µm

62.5/125µm

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6266

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6267

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6268

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6269

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6270

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6271

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6272

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6273

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6274

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6275

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6276

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6277

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m) 1

10-6241

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6242

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6243

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6244

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6245

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6246

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6247

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6248

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6249

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6250

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6251

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6252

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6253

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6254

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6255

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

45

440.366.6966

Fiber Jumpers

Multi Mode Duplex Jumpers
50/125µm

62.5/125µm

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6194

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6195

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6196

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6197

ST

ST

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6198

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6199

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6200

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6201

SC

SC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6202

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6203

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6204

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6205

LC

LC

50/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m) 1

10-6278

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6279

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6280

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6281

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6282

ST

ST

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6283

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6284

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6285

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6286

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6287

SC

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6288

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6289

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6290

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6291

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6292

LC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

46

440.366.6966

Fiber Jumpers

Multi Mode Hybrid Jumpers
Simplex

Duplex

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m)

10-6256

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6257

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6258

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6259

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6260

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6261

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6262

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6263

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6264

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6265

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

Cable
Color

Length
(m) 1

10-6184

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6185

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6186

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6187

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6188

ST

SC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

10-6189

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

1

10-6190

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

2

10-6191

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

3

10-6192

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

5

10-6193

SC

LC

62.5/125µm

2.9-3.0mm

Orange

10

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Point-Of-Purchase Packaging Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

47

440.366.6966

10 Gig Fiber Jumpers
Point-of-Sale Bags Include Fiber Cable, Test Data & Labeling

50/125µm

Stock ID

#1
Connector

#2
Connector

Cable
Core/Clad

Cable
Jacket

10-6229

SC

Cable
Color

SC

50/125µm

3.0mm

Aqua

1

3.0mm

Aqua

2

3.0mm

Aqua

3
5
1

10-6230

SC

SC

50/125µm

10-6231

SC

SC

50/125µm

3.0mm

Aqua
Aqua

Length
(m)

10-6232

SC

SC

50/125µm

10-6237

LC

LC

50/125µm

3.0mm

10-6238

LC

LC

50/125µm

3.0mm

Aqua

2

3.0mm

Aqua

3

3.0mm

Aqua

5

10-6239

LC

LC

50/125µm

10-6240

LC

LC

50/125µm

For GSA / Buy American Compliant Jumpers Please Add (-US) To The End Of Your Stock ID ex: 10-6415-US

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

48

440.366.6966

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Accessories
Connector Cleaner
Stock ID
Part #
Description
UOM

10-6174
F1-7020
Connector Cleaner ( 20 ft. ) Universal
Each

Cleaning Media Replacement Reel
Stock ID
Part #
Description
UOM

10-6175
F1-7021
Cleaning Media Replacement Reel ( Not Shown )
Each

Lint Free Kimwipes®
Stock ID
Part #
Description
UOM

10-6171
F1-34-155
Lint Free Kimwipes® / 280/Box
Each

Bottled Alcohol
Stock ID
Part #
Description
UOM

10-6168
F1-00728
Bottle Alcohol / 28oz.
Each

Automatic Dispensing Bottle
Stock ID
Part #
Description
UOM

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

49

10-6169
F1-007P
Automatic Dispensing Bottle ( Amber Glass )
Each

440.366.6966

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Accessories
Fiber Optic Protective Sleeves

Transparent plastic tube and stainless steel rod designed to prevent
stress and protect fusion fiber optic splices in field and factory
operations. Sleeves are made of ethylene vinyl acetate (EVA) with
heat activated memory, which causes them to shrink under heat.
Sleeves shrink tightly to exclude air and hold the rod firmly, preventing
abrasion of delicate glass fibers. Available in 60mm and 40mm.

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

MOQ

76500

MF-2170

76501

DH-1-40

Fiber Optic Protective Sleeves 60mm

60mm

50

Fiber Optic Protective Sleeves 40mm

40mm

50

065-383-10

N/A

Ribbon Fiber Protector

Ribbon

EA

Fiber Prep Cable Cleaner
Features & Benefits

Fiber optic cable cleaner is used for quick and easy
removal of cable gels, greases, tars, and oils from
fiber optic and coax cables. Leaves no residue!
This effective (full-strength) formula evaporates
completely and contains no hazardous materials.

Stock ID

Part #

75200

2200-FOW

Foil Pack F/O Cable Wipe

-

Each

75202

2320-FC

Squirt Bottle F/O Cable Cleaner

32 oz.

Each

75203

2100-FC

Squirt Bottle F/O Cable Cleaner

128 oz.

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Description

50

Dimensions

UOM

440.366.6966

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Multiflex Free-Flexing, Color Coded Buffer Tubing
TM

Why make the task of splicing fiber optic cable any
harder than it has to be? Other manufacturers may
offer flexible buffer tubing, but they only come in one
color, making it all to easy to mismatch fiber. Multiflex
is color coded to the standardized specifications used
by fiber optic cable manufactures to allow you to easily
identify and match fiber during the splicing process.
Multiflex comes in twelve standardized colors and
is available in bulk quantities of 50’ rolls. It is also free
flexing, making the fiber more manageable and easier
to handle in the close confines of the splice enclosure.
So give Multiflex a try next time you splice fiber optic
cable, and you’ll see the difference it makes.

TM

TM

TM

Part#

Description

Dimensions

Wt. lbs.

UOM

72010

2000-BL-K-Muliflex Blue Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72020

2000-OR-K-Muliflex Orange Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72110

2000-GR-K-Muliflex Green Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72120

2000-BR-K-Muliflex Brown Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72210

2000-SL-K-Muliflex Slate Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72220

2000-WH-K-Muliflex White Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72310

2000-RD-K-Muliflex Red Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72320

2000-BK-K-Muliflex Black Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72410

2000-YL-K-Muliflex Yellow Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72420

2000-VI-K-Muliflex Violet Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72510

2000-RS-K-Muliflex Rose Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

72520

2000-AQ-K-Muliflex Aqua Buffer Tubing (Bulk)

50’ Roll

.15

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

51

440.366.6966

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Accessories
Basic Fiber Optic Tool Kit
Contents
• Canned Air
• PVC Electrical Tape
• 3oz. Alcohol Bottle
• Miller Fiber Stripper
• Connector Cleaner
• Kevlar Scissors
• Jacket Stripper
• Buffer Tube Stripper
• Round Cable Slitter
• (50) Foam Swabs
• Kimwipes®
• Utility Knife
• Tweezers
• Needle Nose Pliers
• Fusion Splice Sleeves

• Piano Wire
• 4 Bit Screwdriver
• Black Marker
• Safety Glasses
• (5) D-Gel Wipes
• Black Work Mat
• Fiber Disposal Unit
• Wire Marker Dispenser
• Ruler
• Fabric Tape Measure
• 1/2” Nut Driver
• (3) Economy Tie Labels
• Rugged Carrying Case
• 1 Meter 3mm Furcation Tube
• 1 Meter 900μm Furcation Tube
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

10-6498

ML-F1-0053

Basic Fiber Tool Kit

Each

Fiber Splice Preparation Kit
Contents
• Stripping tool for buffered fiber
• Tube guide, Ø0.0135”
• Tube guide, Ø0.040”
• Blade kit, gray, Ø.037”
• Blade kit, gray, Ø.012”
• Protective suit case
• Foam insert for suit case
• Label
• Cleaver 250/900µm
• Fiber Optic Stripper
• Buffer Tube Stripper
• Fiber Optic Wire Cutter
• Scissors
• Fiber Optic Strip Tool
• Magnifying Glass
• Alcohol Bottle
• Plastic Storage Box
• Lint Free Wipes

• 2501 Fibrlok Assembly Tool*
• (6) 2529 Fibrlok II Universal Splice*

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

73003K

2003-FSPK

Fiber Splice Preparation Kit

Each

73002K

2002-FSPKF

*Fiber Splice Preparation Kit
w/ Fiberlok Options

Each

52

440.366.6966

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Prep Tools

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

72900K

2000-US

MultiQuick Split Buffer Tube Splitting Tool Kit

2.5mm & 3.0mm

Each

70781

2250-MQS

2.5mm Tool Only

2.5mm Each

Each

70782

2300-MQS

3.0mm Tool Only

3.0mm Each

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

53

440.366.6966

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Management Spools
Round Spool
Stock ID
Description
Bend Radius
Overall Size
Mounting
Material/ Color
UOM

999124
Round Spool
1.50”
1.30” H x Ø3.00” spool x Ø4.70” flange
2x Ø0.21” mounting hole
Plastic/ Black
Each

Half Round Spool
Stock ID
Description
Bend Radius
Overall Size
Mounting
Material/ Color
UOM

10-7766
Half Round Spool (2 pcs shown)
1.25”
1.36” H x Ø2.50” spool x Ø3.50” flange
1x Ø0.16” mounting hole
Plastic/ Black
Each

Half Round Spool
10-3621
Half Round Spool (2 pcs shown)
1.75”
2.75” H x Ø3.50” spool x Ø4.50” flange
2x Ø0.356” x 0.50” Slot, both ends
1x Ø0.125” x 0.80” Slot, both ends
Material/ Color Plastic/ Black
UOM Each
Stock ID
Description
Bend Radius
Overall Size
Mounting

Slack-N-Roll
Stock ID
Description
Bend Radius
Overall Size
Mounting
Material/ Color
UOM

649-048-10
Slack-N-Roll Base
1.17”
0.61” H x Ø5.88”
2 x 0.20” mounting holes
Plastic/ Blue
Each

Spool Bracket
Stock ID
Description
Bend Radius
Overall Size
Mounting
Material/ Color
UOM

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

54

649-101-10
Spool Bracket
1”
.67” H x 4.92” W x 1.42” D
Ø0.17” alignment stud & Ø0.18” mounting hole
Plastic/ Black
Each

440.366.6966

Fiber Tools And Accessories

Fiber Management Straps & Ties
Wire Management Strap
Stock ID
Description
Overall Size
Mounting
Material/ Color
UOM

99944K
Wire Management Strap
0.63” W x Ø1.50” max.
Pressure sensitive adhesive
Velcro® brand, black
50 pieces/pack

Wire Management Loop Tie
Stock ID
Description
Overall Size
Material/ Color
UOM

990000000FUT8AK
Wire Management Loop Tie, 8” length
0.50” W x 8.0” L
Velcro® brand, black
25 pieces/pack

Stock ID
Description
Overall Size
Material/ Color
UOM

99000000FUT12AK
Wire Management Loop Tie, 12” length
0.50” W x 12.0” L
Velcro® brand, black
25 pieces/pack

Heavy Duty Cinch Tie

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

55

Stock ID
Description
Overall Size
Material/ Color
UOM

999119
Heavy Duty Cinch Tie, 12”
0.75” W x 12.0” L
Velcro® brand strap w/plastic buckle, black
Each

Stock ID
Description
Overall Size
Material/ Color
UOM

999120
Heavy Duty Cinch Tie, 18”
0.75” W x 18.0” L
Velcro® brand strap w/plastic buckle, black
Each

440.366.6966

Fiber Management

Slotted Duct Cable Management
Multilink offers both horizontal and vertical cable management products extruded from high grade polymers. All of our
horizontal cable managers are produced to fit on a standard 19” rack. Our organizers ship with both the base and the
cover as a set. The only color available is black. The slotted duct features open ends for ease in cable management.

Horizontal Fiber Manager:
Features base and cover
cable management on the
front and backside. Brackets
are featured on both ends.
Double Sided, Side Mount/
Front & Rear: Features
base and cover cable
management on the front
and backside. Brackets are
on one side only for a left or
right side rack attachment.
Center Mount/Front & Rear
Features base and cover cable
management on the front
and backside. Brackets are
on both sides of the duct for
a center mount attachment
between two racks.

Material

Service Temperature

Flammability

Approvals

Self extinguishing PVC

+5°F to +140°F (-15°C to +60°C)

UL94 V-0 Rated Material

UL, CSA & Lloyds Register

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

56

440.366.6966

Fiber Management

Slotted Duct Cable Management
Vertical Cable Managers
10-4154
Stock ID 10-4154
Description Double Sided, Side Mount/Front & Rear
Brackets are on one side only
Dimensions 4” W x 5” D Front & Rear, 83” H
Weight 13.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4155
Stock ID 10-4155
Description Center Mount/Front & Rear
Brackets are on both sides
Dimensions 4” W x 5” D Front & Rear, 83” H
Weight 13.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

Tabs
Both Sides

10-4156
Stock ID 10-4156
Description Single Sided, Side Mount/Front Only
Brackets are on one side only
Dimensions 4” W x 5” D on Front Only, 83” H
Weight 7.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

Horizontal Cable Managers
10-4164 (1RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4164
Description Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Racks
Dimensions 1.5” W x 3” D Front Only
Weight 2.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4165 (1RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4165
Description Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Racks
Dimensions 1.5” W x 2” D Front Only
Weight 2.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

57

440.366.6966

Fiber Management

Slotted Duct Cable Management
Horizontal Cable Managers
10-4160 (2RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4160
Description Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Rack
Dimensions 3” W x 3” D Front Only
Weight 3.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4158 (2RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4158
Description Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Rack
Dimensions 4” W x 5” D Front Only
Weight 7.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4162 (1RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4162
Description Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Rack
Dimensions 1.5” W x 3” D Front/1” W x 4” H Rear
Weight 5.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4163 (1RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4163
Description Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Rack
Dimensions 1.5” W x 2” D Front/1” W x 4” H Rear
Weight 3.5 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4161 (2RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4161
Description Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Rack
Dimensions 3” W x 3” D Front/2” W x 4” H Rear
Weight 8.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

58

440.366.6966

Fiber Management

Slotted Duct Cable Management
Horizontal Cable Managers
10-4159 (2RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4159
Description Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Rack
Dimensions 3” W x 3” H Front/3” W x 5” H Rear
Weight 10.5 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-5437 (2RU in height)
Stock ID 10-5437
Description Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
Brackets are on both sides
Dimensions 3” W x 3” H Front & Rear
Weight 10.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4157 (2RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4157
Description Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manager
For Standard 19” Rack
Dimensions 4” W x 5” H Front/4” W x 5” H Rear
Weight 13.0 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

10-4166 (2RU in height)
Stock ID 10-4166
Description Double Sided Horizontal Cable Manage For
Standard 19” Rack with Special Strain Relief Bracket
Dimensions 3” W x 3” H Front/3” W x5” H Rear
Weight 11 lbs.
Material High Grade Polymer

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

59

440.366.6966

Fiber Management

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

60

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

Multilink’s Family Of Splice Enclosures

TM

Select the correct Starfighter Dome to meet your needs!
SFOC

-

XXXX

X

Dome Size

Starfighter
Fiber
Optic
Closure

-

-

X

-

X

# Splice
Trays

Splice Tray

X

-

X

# Cable Strain
Relief

Mounting

# Ground
Lugs

4024

4024-D
(48 Single
fusion)

A

612-SSTP
12 Splices

X

0-4

X

P=Pole/Wall
A=Aerial
D=ADSS
X=None

X

3-6
(3/4” Fitting)

X

0-5*

4048

4048-D
(96 Single
fusion)

B

4048-SSTP
24 Splices

X

0-4

X

P=Pole/Wall
A=Aerial
D=ADSS
X=None

X

3-6
(3/4” Fitting)

X

0-5*

4000-D
(192 Single
fusion)

B

4048-SSTP
24 Splices
X

0-8

X

P=Pole/Wall
A=Aerial
D=ADSS
X=None

X

3-6
(1” Fitting)

X

0-6*

4000
Example

4000-D
(288 Single
fusion)

C

4072-SSTP
36 Splices

SFOC4024-A-1-A-3-1

*See notes

Grounding Lug Selection:
Selecting (0) grounding lugs will remove grounding braid and bonding clamps from dome.

Selecting (1 or more) grounding lugs will include only (1) grounding braid.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

61

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

4024-D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure
The Multilink Starfighter 4024-D Fiber Optic Dome Splice closure is an “all
parts” inclusive hermetically sealed splice enclosure designed for ease of
assembly and re-entry. The closure is designed with a gasketed split end
plate for midaccess cable applications and an easy to install “no special
tool” sealing system. All major hardware is factory installed to allow for
quick field installation. Universal grommets along with compression style
lateral or branch cable seals, makes installing the enclosure easy. The
4024-D is a small capacity closure that can be used in aerial, pedestal, and
underground applications.

Features & Benefits
• Completely sealed with compression seal technology
• Ease in installation requiring no special tools
• GR-771 and CATV industry compliant
• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without

disturbing a working cable
• Capacity: (4) 612 - SSTP - 48 Single Fusion Splices

Specifications
Exterior Closure Length

15.3” (38.9cm)

Exterior Closure Diameter

8.5” (21.59cm)

Cable Entry

(2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

.75” (19mm)
.30” (7.62mm)

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

.63” (16mm)
.27” (6.9mm)

Weight

6.5 lbs (3kg)

Material

Dome - Polyethylene, End Plates - Glass Filled
Polypropylene, V-Band - Polypropylene

Ordering
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

020-059-10
065-209-10

UOM

4024-D Starfighter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure with 1 Splice Tray

15.3” L x 8.5” D

6.5 lbs (3kg)

Each

612-SSTP Splice Tray, 12 Single/24 Ribbon Splice Capacity

6” L x 2.75” W x .75” D

0.10 lbs.

Each

10-8362

4024-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit

1” x 2” x 6”

2 lbs.

Pair

072-002-10

4024-D-WPK Wall or Pole Mounting Bracket/Kit

2” x 4” x 15”

2 lbs.

Each

072-002-20

4024-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit

N/A

3 lbs.

Each

10-8181

4024-D-CAK Cable Addition Kit

N/A

1 lbs.

Each

10-7166

Compression Wrench for 3/4” NPT Fittings Aluminum

N/A

0.5 lbs.

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

62

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

4024-D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure
Grommet Inserts for 3/4” NPT Fittings

Stock ID

10-8084

10-8087

10-8085

10-8090

10-8092

10-8091

10-8088

10-9999

10 Pack ID

10-8096

10-8106

10-8097

10-8109

10-8111

10-8110

10-8107

10-5414

# of Ports

4

4

3

3

3

2

1

1

Cable Size

.20"-.24"

.16"-.20"

.24"-.28"

.16"-.20"

Flat Drop

.25"-.29"

.27"-.31"

.32"-.46"

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

Weight

4024-D Cable Addition Kit
10-8181

.310 DIA
Strain Relief
Bracket for 3/4”
NPT Fitting

.460 DIA

Hose Clamps

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

63

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

4048-D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure
The Multilink Starfighter 4048D Fiber Optic Dome Splice Closure is an
“all parts” inclusive hermetically sealed splice enclosure designed for ease
of assembly and re-entry. The closure is designed with a gasketed split
end plate for mid-access cable applications and includes an integrated
slack storage basket, interlocking splice trays via a modified keyhole style
stacking module, and an easy to install no special tool sealing system.
All major hardware is factory installed to allow for quick field installation.
Universal grommets along with compression style lateral or branch
cable seals, makes installing the enclosure easy to assemble. The 4048D
is a medium capacity closure that can be used in aerial, pedestal, and
underground applications.
TM

Features & Benefits
• Completely sealed with compression seal technology
• Ease in installation requiring no special tools
• GR-771 and CATV industry compliant
• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without

disturbing a working cable
• Capacity: (4) 4048 - SSTP - 96 Single Fusion Splices
• RUS Listed

Specifications
Exterior Closure Length

19”

Exterior Closure Diameter

8.5”

Cable Entry

(2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

.75” (19mm)
.30” (7.62mm)

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

.63” (16mm)
.27” (6.9mm)

Weight

7.5 lbs.

Dome

Polyethylene, End Plates - Glass Filled Polypropylene,
V-Band - Polypropylene

Ordering
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

10-8365

4048-D Starfighter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure w/ 1 Splice Tray

19” L x 8.5” D

7.5 lbs.

Each

020-049-10

4048-D Starfighter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure w/ Splice Tray & 6 ground lugs

19” L x 8.5” D

7.5 lbs.

Each

10-9126

4048-D Starfighter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure w/ Pedestal

40” L x 10” D

28.5 lbs.

Each

10-8007

4048-SSTP Splice Tray 24 Single/48 Ribbon Splice Capacity

9.75” L x 4.5” W x .5” D

0.57 lbs.

Each

10-8362

4048-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit

1” x 2” x 6”

2 lbs.

Pair

072-001-10

4048-D-WPK Wall or Pole Mounting Bracket/Kit

19”L x 1.5” W x 3.7”H

2 lbs.

Each

072-002-20

4048-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit

N/A

3 lbs.

Each

10-8181

4048-D-CAK Cable Addition Kit

N/A

1 lbs.

Each

10-7166

Compression Wrench for 3/4” NPT Fittings Aluminum

N/A

0.5 lbs.

Each

065-058-10

4048-D Slack Rack Steel/Powder Coated, Black

N/A

0.5 lbs.

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

64

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

4048-D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure
Grommet Inserts for 3/4” NPT Fittings

Stock ID

10-8084

10-8087

10-8085

10-8090

10-8092

10-8091

10-8088

10-9999

10 Pack ID

10-8096

10-8106

10-8097

10-8109

10-8111

10-8110

10-8107

10-5414

# of Ports

4

4

3

3

3

2

1

1

Cable Size

.20"-.24"

.16"-.20"

.24"-.28"

.16"-.20"

Flat Drop

.25"-.29"

.27"-.31"

.32"-.46"

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

Weight

4048-D Cable Addition Kit
10-8181

.310 DIA
Strain Relief
Bracket for 3/4”
NPT Fitting

.460 DIA

Hose Clamps

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

65

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

4000-D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure
The Starfighter 4000-D Dome Splice Closure is designed for above or
below grade applications and supports up to 6 or more cable entries.
The closure has a unique gasketed Split End Plate system that allows for
midaccessing cable up to 1.125” in diameter. Branch or lateral cables can
be added to any one of four compression seal entry ports. Multiple cables
(up to 6) can also be installed utilizing multi-port grommets available for
the closure. The closure requires no special tools, adhesives, or mastics for
installation. The new unibody slack storage basket and hinged splice trays
allow for maximum storage and access of fiber and fiber bundles. Splice
capacity of 288 single fusion splices using the 4072-SSTP tray 36 splice.

Features & Benefits
• Completely sealed with compression seal technology
• Ease in installation requiring no special tools
• GR-771 and CATV industry compliant
• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without

disturbing a working cable
• Can be used for above or below grade applications
• Capacity: w/ (8) 4048 - SSTP - 192 Single Fusion Splices or
Capacity: w/ (8) 4072 - SSTP - 288 Single Fusion Splices
• RUS Listed

Specifications
Exterior Closure Length

23.75” (60.33cm)

Exterior Closure Diameter

10” (25.4cm)

Cable Entry

(2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

1.12” (28.5mm)
.375” (9.5mm)

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

.98” (24.9mm)
.30” (7.62mm)

Weight

12.5 lbs (5.67kg)

Material

Dome - Polyester, End Plates - Glass Filled
Polypropylene, V-Band - Polypropylene

Ordering
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

10-8146

4000-D Starfighter Dome Splice Enclosure w/ one 4072-SSTP Splice Tray

22.0” L x 10.0” D

12.50

Each

020-046-10

4000-D Starfighter Dome Splice Enclosure w/ one 4072-SSTP & 6 ground lugs

22.0” L x 10.0” D

N/A

Each

020-002-20

4000-D Starfighter Dome Splice Enclosure w/ one 4048-SSTP Splice Tray

22.0” L x 10.0” D

12.50

Each

10-8007

4048-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray

9.75” L x 4.5” W x 0.5” D

0.57

Each

065-001-10

4072-SSTP 36 Fiber Splice Tray

10.75” L x 5.75” W x 0.5” D

0.59

Each

10-5324

4000-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit

1” x 2” x 6”

2 lbs.

Pair

10-5335

4000-D-WPK Wall or Pole Mounting Bracket/Kit

24”L x 2” W x 4”H

2 lbs.

Each

072-002-20

4000-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit

N/A

3 lbs.

Each

10-6028

4000-D-CAK Cable Addition Kit

N/A

1 lbs.

Each

10-7167

Compression Wrench for 1” NPT Fittings Aluminum

N/A

0.5 lbs.

Each

10-6635

4000-D Assembly Stand

N/A

5 lbs.

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

66

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

4000-D Starf ighter™ Dome Enclosure
Interconnect Modules
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

10-6074

4000-D-4PKSCU Interconnect Module with 4
SC/UPC Bulkheads

3” x 6” x 14”

2.0

Each

10-5416

4000-D-4PKSCA Interconnect Module with 4
SC/APC Bulkheads

3” x 6” x 14”

2.0

Each

10-9164

4000-D-16PKSCU Interconnect Module with 8
SC/UPC Duplex Bulkheads (Shown)
Mounts In Same

3” x 6” x 14”

2.0

Each

Grommet Inserts for 1” NPT Fittings

Stock ID

10-5552

10-5127

10-5128

10-6550

10-5129

10-6552

10-6002

10-5130

10-5134

10 Pack ID

10-5553

10-5421

10-5422

10-6551

10-5419

10-6553

10-6003

10-5483

10-5420

# of Ports

1

1

1

8

6

4

4

4

4

Cable Size

.3"-.4"

.41"-.5"

.51"-.79"

.150"

.265

.300

.350

.370

Flat Drop

Weight

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

4000-D Cable Addition Kit
10-6028

.510-.790 DIA

Strain Relief
Bracket for 1”
NPT Fitting

.410-.500 DIA
1” Plastic NPT Nut
1/2” x 1-1/16”
Hose Clamp

.300-.400 DIA

4000-D Wall/Pole Mount Kit
10-5335

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

67

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

1120-F Starf ighter™ MiniButt

Starfighter 1120-F MiniButt™
holds four fiber cables

The 1120-F MiniButt Fiber Optic Splice Closure is designed for low count fiber splicing and in areas where space is a
constraint. The closure incorporates an integrated gasket to prevent the ingress of water but to allow for ease in access.
Patent # 5732180

Features & Benefits
Specifications
• Supports both Inline or Butt Configurations
Exterior Closure Length
• Lightweight and compact
• Up to four cable entries with cable OD range of .3” Exterior Closure Width
to .63”
• Suitable for above or below grade installations
• Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant
materials
• Integrated “F” pressure testing valve and grounding
lugs.
• Up to 24 single fusion or 48 mass fused fibers
• Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing
applications
• Capacity: (2) 1120 - SSTA - 24 Single Fusion Splices
• RUS Listed

15”(38.1cm)
6.5” (16.5cm)

Exterior Closure Height

3.5” (8.9cm)

Cable Entry

(4) Branch or Lateral

Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

.63” (16mm)
.3” (7.6mm)

Material

5720U Xenoy

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

70203K

1120-F Starfighter Minibutt

15” L x 6.5” W x 3” D
(38cm x 16.5cm x 7.6cm)

6.0

Each

70205K

1120-F Starfighter Minibutt with One 1120-SSTA Splice Tray

15” L x 6.5” W x 3” D
(38cm x 16.5cm x 7.6cm)

6.35

Each

70902K

1120-SSTA 12 Fiber Splice Tray

7” L x 4.75” W x .50” D

0.35

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

68

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

2000-F Starf ighter™ Splice Closure

Starfighter 2000-F
holds four fiber cables

The Starfighter 2000-F is a medium capacity fiber optic splice closure designed for a majority of splicing applications in
above and below grade installations. The closure supports both aluminum and plastic splice trays and is fully gasketed to
prevent the ingress of water while allowing for ease in entry. The unit is compact and manufactured with highly impact
and corrosion resistant materials.
Patent # 5732180

Features & Benefits
Specifications
• Supports both Inline or Butt configurations
Exterior Closure Length
• Lightweight and compact
• Up to four cable entries with cable OD range of .3” Exterior Closure Width
to .63”

• Suitable for above or below grade installations
• Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant

materials
• Integrated “F” pressure testing valve and grounding
lugs
• Up to 72 single fusion or 144 mass fused fibers
• Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing
applications
• Capacity: (3) 2000 - SSTA - 72 Single Fusion Splices
• Capacity: (3) 2020 - SSTA - 72 Single Fusion Splices
• RUS Listed

24.5”(62.2cm)
8”(20.3cm)

Exterior Closure Height

5”(12.7cm)

Cable Entry

(4) Branch or Lateral

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

.63” (16mm)
.3” (7.6mm)

Material

5720U Xenoy

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

70304K

2000-F Starfighter

24.5” L x 8” W x 5” D
(62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm)

9.0

Each

70302K

2000-F Starfighter with One 2000-SSTA Splice Tray

24.5” L x 8” W x 5” D
(62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm)

9.0

Each

70506K

2000-SSTA 24 Fiber Splice Tray

11.75” L x 4” W x .5” D

.65

Each

70709K

2020-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray

12.25” L x 4” W x .5” D

.54

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

69

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

3000-F Starf ighter™ Splice Closure

B
Starfighter 3000-F with a
Cable Addition Kit,
Holds 8 Cables

A

The Starfighter 3000-F is a high capacity splice closure designed for major splice points in the network. The closure
supports both Inline and Butt configurations and is expandable utilizing an optional cable expansion kit. The closure
utilizes gasketed sealing along with a patented cable seal which allows for mid-span access to the largest cables. The
closure can be used in both above and below grade applications.
Patent # 5732180

Features & Benefits
• Mid-access cables up to 1.1” in diameter
• Supports both Inline or Butt configurations
• Up to eight cable entries with cable OD range of 0.3” to

Specifications

1.1”
• Suitable for above or below grade installations
• Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant
materials
• Integrated “F” pressure testing valve and grounding
lugs
• Up to 288 single fusion or 576 mass fused fibers
• Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing
applications
• Capacity: (6) 3000 - SSTA - 144 Single Fusion Splices
• Capacity: (6) 3030 - SSTP - 144 Single Fusion Splices
• Capacity: w/ 3000 CAK (12) - 288 Single Fusion Splices
• RUS Listed

Exterior Closure Length

21.13” (53.66cm)

Exterior Closure Width

8.25” (20.96cm)

Exterior Closure Height

8” (20.32cm)

Cable Entry

(4) Branch or Lateral
(8) with CAK

Cable Diameter
Max.
Min.

1.124” (28.55mm)
.375” (9.525mm)

Material

5720U Xenoy

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

A

70575K

3000-F Starfighter

21” L x 9.63” W x 4.5” D
(53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm)

10.0

Each

-

70536K

3000-F Starfighter with 1 3000-SSTA Splice Tray (Not Pictured)

21” L x 9.63” W x 4.5” D
(53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm)

11.0

Each

-

70582K

3000-F Starfighter with 1 3030-SSTP Splice Tray (Not Pictured)

21” L x 9.63” W x 4.5” D
(53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm)

11.0

Each

B

70314K

3000-CAK (Cable Addition Kit) Starfighter

21” L x 9.38” W x 3” D
(53.3cm x 23.83cm x 7.62cm)

8.0

Each

-

70505K

3000-SSTA 24 Fiber Splice Tray

7.75” L x 6” W x .5” D

1.0

Each

-

70706K

3030-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray

8.25” L x 5.75” W x .5” D

1.0

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

70

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

Splice Closure Accessories
1100-A Aerial Hanger Brackets
Stock ID
Description
Weight
Material
UOM

70800K
1100-A Aerial Hanger Brackets
.66 lbs
Stainless Steel
Pair

1100-SS ADSS Mounting Kit
Stock ID
Description
Weight
Material
UOM

71241K
1100-SS ADSS Mounting Kit
.55 lbs.
Plastic/Stainless Steel
Each

1100-W Wall/Pole Mounting Brackets
Stock ID
Description
Weight
Material
UOM

70307K
1100-W Wall/Pole Mounting Brackets
.35 lbs
Galvanized Steel
Pair

1100-T Standard Tap Bracket
Stock ID
Description
Weight
Material
UOM

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

71

70653
1100-T Standard Tap Bracket
.19 lbs
Aluminum
Each

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

Starf ighter™ Optical Terminal Enclosure
The OTE (Optical Terminal Enclosure) is designed to support the
splicing of optical drops and traditional splicing in aerial, pole, or
wall mount applications. The unit is an inline enclosure with four
ports on each end. The OTE is constructed of a durable and impact
resistant polyethylene material specifically formulated for outside
plant environments. The unit can support express cabling as well
as the addition of branch or lateral cabling. When used as a drop
splicing enclosure, the OTE will support a variety of drop designs
and provide the environmental sealing and strain relief required.
Up to 36 drops can be supported in FTTH applications. The
enclosure is supplied with all of the hardware required to seal and
secure the express/feeder cables, and a (12) fiber splice tray.

10-6060

Features & Benefits
• Easy to assemble cable sealing and retention system.
• Reduces operating costs by allowing customers to purchase
additional capacity only when needed.

• Reduces closure inventory. The enclosure is suitable for a wide

variety of above grade installation and mounting applications.

• Universal above grade optical fiber splicing and termination

020-066-10

capability.

• High impact resistant and UV resistant thermoplastic for long life.
• Supports PON components as well as optical connectorized
terminations.

• Provides all in one sealing and strain relief of individual drops.
• Can support up to 36 individual drops.
• Mid-access capable for cables up to 1.125” in diameter.
Specifications
Exterior Closure Length

18.5”

Standard Splice Trays

4 (Enclosure comes equipped with 1
Tray)

Exterior Closure Depth

6.0”

Standard Cables

2 (Express Feeder)

Exterior Closure Height

11.5”

FTTH/Lateral Ports

6 Ports (Up to 36 Individual Drops)

Cable Entry Ports

(2) Express Feeder, (6) Branch
Lateral, or Multiport*

Standard Single Splices

48

Express/Feeder Cable Diameter

Max. 1.124”/Min. 0.375”

Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter

Max. 0.98”/Min. 0.30”

Drop Seals or other cable seal kits, see ordering information
*Multiport Cable Seals are available to support up to 36 fiber drops for FTTH Applications

Ordering
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

10-6060

Starfighter OTE Optical Termination Enclosure (Basic Enclosure)

18.5” L x11.5” W x 6” D

10 lbs.

Each

020-026-20

Starfighter OTE Optical Termination Enclosure w/ 6 Scout Adapters

18.5” L x11.5” W x 6” D

12 lbs.

Each

020-066-10

Starfighter OTE Optical Termination Enclosure w/ 8 SC/APC Adapters

18.5” L x11.5” W x 6” D

12 lbs.

Each

10-8007

4048-SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray

9.75” L x 4.5” W x 0.5” D

0.57 lbs.

Each

10-5435

Wall/Pole Mounting Bracket w/ Mounting Hardware

N/A

3 lbs.

Each

10-5436

Aerial Hanger Bracket Kit

N/A

N/A

Pair

10-5434

ADSS Mounting Bracket

N/A

N/A

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

72

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

OTE Additional Options
Grommet Inserts For 1" NPT Fittings

Stock ID

10-5552

10-5127

10-5128

10-6550

10-5129

10-6552

10-6002

10-5130

10-5134

065-082-10

10 Pack ID

10-5553

10-5421

10-5422

10-6551

10-5419

10-6553

10-6003

10-5483

10-5420

N/A

# of Ports

1

1

1

8

6

4

4

4

4

1-SC

Cable Size

.3"-.4"

.41"-.5"

.51"-.79"

.150"

.265

.300

.350

.370

Flat Drop

SC Outdoor

Weight

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.5 lbs.

.2 lbs.

1” NPT Dome Fitting
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Material
UOM

10-5122
1” NPT Dome Fitting-Includes. Insert for
.71”- .98” Diameter Cable
Plastic
Each

OTE Cable Addition Kit
Stock ID 065-016-10
Description OTE Cable Addition Kit for Branch or
Lateral Cable Additions, .3”- .98”
UOM Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

73

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

Splice Trays
All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The
splice trays provide protection and organization of fiber splices. Adhesive backed fiber insert holders and assorted cable
ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

2000-SSTA
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

3000-SSTA
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

2020-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

74

X2
70506K
2000-SSTA
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
11.75” L x 4” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.65 lbs.
Aluminum
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

X6
70505K
3000-SSTA
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
7.75” L x 6” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.54 lbs.
Aluminum
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

X3
70709K
2020-SSTP
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
12.25” L x 4” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.54 lbs.
Plastic Base w/ Aluminum Cover
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

440.366.6966

Splice Closures

Splice Trays
All of the Multilink splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The
splice trays provide protection and organization of fiber splices. Adhesive backed fiber insert holders and assorted cable
ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP).

612-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

X8
065-209-10
612-SSTP
12 Single Fusion Splice Tray
6” L x 2.75” W x .75” D
Approx. 0.10 lbs.
Plastic
12 Single Fusion Splices Only
40mm Splice Sleeve Only

1120-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

X9
072-059-10
1120-SSTP
12 Single Fusion Splice Tray
6.5” L x 5.13” W x 0.5” D
Approx. 0.20 lbs.
Plastic
12 Single Fusion Splices Only
40mm Splice Sleeve Only

4048-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

4072-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

3030-SSTP
Stock ID
Model #
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
Capacity

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

75

X4
10-8007
4048-SSTP
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
9.75” L x 4.5” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.60 lbs.
Plastic
24 Single Fusion Splices (48 Dual Stacked), 16
Mechanical Splices, or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

X5
065-001-10
4072-SSTP
36 Single Fusion Splice Tray
10.75” L x 5.75” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.60 lbs.
Plastic
36 Single Fusion Splices (72 Dual Stacked), 24
Mechanical Splices, or 144 Mass Fusion Splices

X7
70706K
3030-SSTP
24 Single Fusion Splice Tray
8.25” L x 5.75” W x .5” D
Approx. 0.50 lbs.
Plastic
24 Single Fusion Splices, 16 Mechanical Splices,
or 96 Mass Fusion Splices

440.366.6966

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices - Plastic Sno-Shoe®, Fiber Optic Storage, Aerial and Vault
The Multilink Plastic Sno-Shoe® has been
designed with two purposes in mind. The
first is to store additional lengths of fiber
along the strand for later use. The second
is to act as a safeguard, protecting the
minimum bend radius of the fiber optic
cable while establishing proper installation
practices. The Multilink Plastic Sno-Shoe® is
a durable and cost effective tool for storing
fiber optic cable in the air!

Benefits

Why use the Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe®?
• Prevents microbends in fiber optic cable
• Provides consistency and regularity in
fiber optic loops
• Solution to spacing problems on poles
• 20 year pro-rated warranty

Strand Mount

Features

• The plastic material design makes the
Sno-Shoe® non-conductive.
• Countersunk nut wells for easy one tool
installation.
• The captive design of the Patented Cable
Trough™ allows the installer to simply lay
the cable in the trough, leaving	 both
hands free to secure the cable to the unit.
• Stackability: the Plastic Adjustable SnoShoe® can be stacked in multiple cable
configurations to accommodate
additional fiber mount 	tiering.
• The multiple slots in the Patented Cable
Trough™ allow	you to secure the cable
with either heavy duty tie wraps or
stainless steel straps. These slots also
allow you to secure additional cable to
the unit in expansion situations without
having to remove any of the previously
installed cable from the unit and also
allows for water and ice drainage.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

ADSS Mount

76

440.366.6966

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices
7” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE
Stock ID

Model #

Mounting Kit

Channel
Length

Channel
Width

Channel
Depth

MOQ

649-011-20

VASSB

Strand

22”

1.75”

1.0”

1 pc

649-011-10

VASSB

None

22”

1.75”

1.0”

1 pc

Overall Size

Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty

Boxed Weight

13.0”L x 11.0”W x 1.6”D

1.0 Lbs

3.5”

1

1.4 Lbs

10” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE
Stock ID

Model #

Mounting Kit

Channel
Length

Channel
Width

Channel
Depth

MOQ

71211K

2110-SSPTB

Strand

52”

1.0”

1.0”

2 pcs

71220K

2110-SSPSS

1.0”

2 pcs

ADSS

52”

1.0”

Overall Size

Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty

Boxed Weight

23.8”L x 12.3”W x 1.1”D

1.4 Lbs

5”

2

3.5 Lbs

16” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE
Channel
Length

Channel
Width

Channel
Depth

Stock ID

Model #

Mounting Kit

71244K

2116-SSPTB

Strand

59”

1.0”

1.25”

2 pcs

71215K

2116-SSPSS

ADSS

59”

1.0”

1.25”

2 pcs

Overall Size

Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty

Boxed Weight

24.0”L x 18.0”W x 1.5”D

1.7 Lbs

8”

2

4.4 Lbs

MOQ

21” PLASTIC SNO-SHOE® W/MOUNTING BRACKET & HARDWARE
Stock ID

Model #

Mounting Kit

Channel
Length

Channel
Width

Channel
Depth

MOQ

71221K

2121-SSPTB

Strand

80”

2.0”

1.75”

1 pc

71226K

2121-SSPSS

1.75”

1 pc

ADSS

80”

2.0”

Overall Size

Weight Each

Bend Radius

Boxed Qty

Boxed Weight

33.0”L x 25.3”W x 2.0”D

4.8 Lbs

11.5”

1

6.7 Lbs

STACKING KIT FOR PLASTIC SNO-SHOE®

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Stock ID

Kit Includes

Weight

MOQ

71301K

(2) Risers, (2) Bolts, (2) Washers, (2) Nuts

2 Lbs

1 Kit

77

440.366.6966

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices
16” Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe®

16” Sno-Shoe shown with Strand
Mounting Bracket fully open

Stock ID

Model #

Mounting Kit

Channel
Length

Channel
Width

Channel
Depth

MOQ

71255K

2116-SAPTBS

Strand

50”-62”

2.0”

2.0”

1 pc

71240K*

2116-SAPTBP

Pole w/Strut

50”-62”

2.0”

2.0”

1 pc

71236K

2116-SAPTBW

Wall

50”-62”

2.0”

2.0”

1 pc

71239K

2116-SAPTBR

Rack

50”-62”

2.0”

2.0”

1 pc

71225K

2116-SAPSS

ADSS

50”-62”

2.0”

2.0”

1 pc

Overall Size

Weight Each

Boxed Qty

Bend Radius

Boxed Weight

24.5”L x 20.5”W x 2.3”D

5.1 Lbs*

1

8”

6.0 Lbs

Channel
Length

Channel
Width

*71240K includes 6ft unistrut. Add 10 lbs.

24” Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe®
Stock ID

24” Sno-Shoe shown with Strand
Mounting Brackety fully open

Model #

Mounting Kit

Channel
Depth

MOQ

71258K

2124-SAPTB

Strand

75”-87”

2.25”

.88”

1 pc

71261K*

2124-SAPTBP

Pole w/Strut

75”-87”

2.25”

.88”

1 pc

71263K

2124-SAPTBW

.88”

1 pc

Wall

75”-87”

2.25”

Overall Size

Weight Each

Boxed Qty

Bend Radius

Boxed Weight

36.8”L x 28.8”W x 2.0”D

9.6 Lbs*

1

8”

11.4 Lbs

*71261K includes 6ft unistrut. Add 10 lbs.

EXTENSIONS FOR ADJUSTABLE SNO-SHOES®
Stock ID

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Kit Includes

MOQ

10-7168

(2) 18” Extensions & (2) Hardware Kits

1 Kit

10-7169

(2) 48” Extensions & (2) Hardware Kits

1 Kit

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

UOM

10-4653

Slack Box SSB-303612

30” x 36” x 12”

Gray

Each

10-4666

Slack Box SSB-364212

36” x 42” x 12”

Gray

Each

78

440.366.6966

Slack Storage

Slack Storage Devices

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

UOM

10-9433

MRS-3TB-LW

3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19”

Linen White

Each

10-9434

MRS-3TB-IV

3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19”

Ivory

Each

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

UOM

020-026-10

MRS-6TB-LW

5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00”

Linen White

Each

020-026-11

MRS-6TB-IV

5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00”

Ivory

Each

(Knockouts For MRM75, MRC75 & Single Fiber Raceway)

(Knockouts For MRM75, MRC75, MRM12 & MRC12)

Fiber Optic Exterior Slack Storage Box

Multilink’s OSP slack storage box is 5” W x 5” L x 2” D. This OSP slack storage box is used for exterior slack storage
applications using 3mm single fiber cable. There are two stackable storage spools that allow storage of multiple single
fiber cable drops. Both of these spools are removable. In an instance where only one spool is sufficient, the spool can
either be secured at a lower level or can be mounted at an elevation onto the risers off the back of the inside of the box
as a spool on the upper level. This allows additional storage under the spool. There are three entry points sealed with
removable cap plugs, or it can be ordered without holes. The diameter of each entry hole is 1 inch. The box is equipped
with a hex bolt (with a retainer) that can be secured using a standard 216C type wrench. In addition to the above, the box
is also equipped with a provision for a hasp lock. A built-in hinge allows captive and non-captive flexibility.
FILL CHART
Bend Radius

Cable Type

EIA/TIA 40%

Maximum Fill

1.263 Inches

3mm Fiber Optic Cable

5.2 1.58 M

13’ 3.9 MRT

1.211 Inches

3mm Fiber Optic Cable

4.4 1.34 M

11’ 3.52 MRT

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Std. CRT Size

UOM

020-004-23

Slack Box, Exterior with 3, 1” holes

4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D

Ivory

1

Each

020-004-24

Slack Box, Exterior without holes

4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D

Ivory

1

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

79

440.366.6966

Grounding/Bonding

3015-MSGK Mid-Span Grounding/Bonding Enclosure

The Starfighter Mid-Span Grounding Closure is specifically designed to allow for meeting grounding and bonding
specifications. The closure has a Gel Seal technology to provide for a water tight seal without the need for any additional
grommets or special seals. The closure is also designed for re-sealing cable sheath damaged as a result of placing or
outside plant events.

Features & Benefits
• Completely sealed with Gel Seal technology.
• Ease in installation requiring no special tools.
• Compact for tight areas.
• Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without disturbing a working cable.
• Can be used for above or below grade applications.
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight Lbs.

UOM

313015MS6K

3015-MSGK Mid-Span Grounding Bonding Enclosure

12”L x 2.38”D

1.86

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

80

440.366.6966

Cable Identification

Cable Markers

MFM Series Lasered Fiber Optic Cable Marker UV Stabilized Body for Weather and Color

Features & Benefits

• Lifetime warranty on printing and a 20 year pro-rated
warranty on plastic body

• Customization provides easy identification of your cables
during emergencies or general maintenance

• UV stabilized body won’t degrade in outside applications
• Simple and quick installation: Wrap-around design eliminates
the need for special tools and adhesives.

• The three different sizes can accommodate a variety of cable configurations

• A variety of colors allow you to segregate your different fiber runs or to distinguish your
cables from pre-existing cables

Ordering Information
MFM

-

-

MULTILINK
FIBER
MARKER

-

MARKER
DIAMETER
SIZE
12
15
20

.5” x 8”
1” x 8”
2” x 8”

CUSTOM
MARKER
OPTIONS
00
RT
SL

*Other custom lengths
available upon request

Lasered “Fiber Optic Cable”
Custom Text
Special Logo

MARKER
COLOR
OPTIONS
Standard Colors
01
Yellow
02
Orange
Custom Colors
03
Blue
04
Green
05
Gray
06
White
07
Brown
08
Red
*Other custom colors available
upon request

• MRM Flag style markers available for 1”
cable.

• Same great features with added space
for custom identification.

• Marker length is custom to request.
• Contact customer service for more
information.

500 Minimum Order with both RT & SL part numbers
5,000 Minimum Order for custom colors
Please contact customer service for custom orders and more information
Please note: $75.00 one time set-up fee for special logo

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

81

440.366.6966

Cable Identification

MULTITAG™ Tamper Resistant Security Seals
The Multilink, Inc. MULTITAG™ was designed with the installer’s problems and needs in mind. The uniquely patented
design surrounds the cable with both the body and hasp, making the tag virtually tamperproof!

Get Your Custom
Logo Engraved
On Your Tags!

MT
MULTILINK
TAG

-

OPTION 1

OPTION 2

Identification Options
PO*
Plain
LW*
Large Writing Panel
BA*
Barcode w/Alphanumerical (5,000 MOQ)
A
7 Digit Alphanumerical
N
Custom Name
L
Custom Logo
W
Writing Panel
O
Denotes No Second Option Desired

TAG
COLOR
Color Options
01
Yellow
02
Orange
03
Purple
04
Gold
05
White
06
Black
07
Red

09
10
11
12
13
14
15

Lt. Blue
Dk. Blue
Lt. Green
Dk. Green
Blue Green
Rose
Beige

Other custom colors available upon request

*Second option not available

Standard Package is 100 pieces per bag

MT-AL
7 Digit Alphanumerical w/Custom Logo
Please specify which loop style you prefer
when placing your order.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

MT-WN
Writing Panel w/Custom Name
Type
A

Type
B

(Standard)

82

440.366.6966

Cable Identification

MULTITAG™ Tamper Resistant Security Seals

MT-LO
Custom Logo

MT-WL
Writing Panel w/Custom Logo

MT-AN
7 Digit Alphanumerical w/Custom Name

MT-WA
Writing Panel, w/7 Digit Alphanumerical

MT-AO
7 Digit, Alphanumerical

MT-PO
Plain

MT-WO
Writing Panel

MT-NO
Custom Name

MT-LW
Large Writing Panel

MT-BA
Bar Code w/7 Digit Alphanumerical
(Minimum Order of 5,000 pieces)
Bar Code your Multilink, Inc. MULTITAG™ and get a second set
of bar codes to stick on the audit work sheet report!

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

83

440.366.6966

Cable Identification

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

84

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Environmetally Controlled, Forced Convection
& Natural Convection

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

85

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

SmartPed 2000-FNC
Applications

An above-ground housing to shelter amplifiers,
splice enclosures, nodes, and provide ample
space for slack storage in a secured environment.

Features & Benefits

• Pedestal consists of one piece continuous frame made up of

galvanealed steel and a top, four doors and skirts made up of
galvanealed steel
• Pedestal parts are coated with 2-3 mils of polyester powder
coat after undergoing 5 pretreatment processes
• All four doors and top are detachable using stainless steel
slide off hinges (8)
• Front doors are locked with a rod-roller system including a
flush mounted 1 piece lock
• Back doors are also locked internally and can only be
accessed from inside the pedestal
• All door ventilation louvers are backed with fiberglass bug
screens
• Convection air flow system in place to properly ventilate
cabinet
• Pedestal can either be concrete pad mounted, stake mounted,
or vault mounted
• All vertical seams are sealed with synthetic rubber seal, entire
cabinet is rain tight
• Built-in universal mounting hardware and accessories made of
galvaneal with polyester powder coat to withstand all
environments.
• Safety Corners™

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

Galvannaled Steel / Safety Corners
All Vertical Seams Sealed w/ Synthetic
Rubber Seal

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Capacity

Ample Space To Mount Amplifiers, Splice
Closures, Nodes And Slack Storage

Door

Front Dual Doors, 3 Point Latch, Lockable
Back Dual Doors, Locked From Inside
All Doors Removable
Detachable Top

Cable Entrance

Bottom Open For Concrete Pad, Or Vault
Mounting

Heating and Cooling

Natural Convection
All Door Louvered Top, Bottom And
Back w/ Bug Screen

Part#

Description

Dimensions

UOM

12467K

2000-FNC Node Cabinet and Pedestal Base, includes two mounting rods and
slack storage brackets

50”H x 30”W x 16”D

Each

12824

BS-24 Stake

24” L

Each

12432

BS-32 Stake

32” L

Each

12845

BS-42 Stake

42” L

Each

Customize internal SmartPed components to fit your broadband needs. Call Customer Service for more information. (440.366.6966)

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

86

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

MQ-FRM
Multilink’s MQ-FRM Enclosure is designed to hold 19” or 23”
rack mounted equipment in outside plant. The rack is 28”
tall (16 Rack Units). Equipped with front and back removable
doors for convenient access. The MQ-FRM enclosure is
designed for passive cooling to utilize the phenomenon of
natural convection to the highest possible extent. The
ventilation louvers and the slope vented roof assist entry of
cool air at the ground level and the rejection of hot air into the
environment through the roof. All ventilation louvers backed
with bug screens.

Adjustable Rails for
19” or 23” Mounting

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

Aluminum

Hardware

Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19”- 23” Adjustable Width
16RU Height
10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door

Front and Back Access Panels,
Both Dual Keyed

Stock ID

Description

Cable Entrance

(2) 3.0” Knockouts, Right Side, High
(2) 3.0” Knockouts, Left Side, High
Open Bottom

Mounting

Ground

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-031-10

Enclosure w/ 10-32 Threaded Rails

35.5” H x 36” W x 25” D

Gray

92

Each

030-075-10

Enclosure w/ 12-24 Threaded Rails

35.5” H x 36” W x 25” D

Gray

92

Each

802-008-10

Pre-Cast Polymer Pad w/ Inserts

40” L x 30” W x 4” D

-

92

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

87

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Opto-Electronic Enclosure
Solar Shield to
Reduce Sun Loading

Multilink’s Opto-Electronic Enclosure is
designed for 19” & 23” rack mounted
equipment. This enclosure is designed
to protect the equipment from dust,
snow and rain. It is equipped with two
duplex GFI outlets, a fluorescent light
that gets activated by an automatic
pressure switch when the door opens.
The internal rack is 52” height (29 Rack
Units). Also equipped with a solar shield
installed above the roof for additional
protection from sun loading. An optional
air conditioner is available.

Removable
Lifting Hooks

3-Point
Padlockable
Latch
4000BTU Air
Conditioner
(optional)

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

Aluminum

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19”- 23” Adjustable Width
29RU Height
10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door

Front and Back 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge,
Light Contol Switch, Wind Stop

Cable Entrance

14” x 24” Rectangle Opening On Bottom,
Rear

Mounting

Ground

Stock ID

Heating and Cooling

Ventilation Louvers On Bottom Of Both
Doors Backed By Bug Screen
Sloped Roof w/ Ventilation Louvers
Backed By Bug Screen
Solar Shield Protecting Roof
Fan Shelf, 1RU, (6) 100 CFM Fans Mounted
On Rack at Top
(744-386-20) 120Vac, 15A Breaker, 10ft Cord

Optional Air
Conditioner

4000 BTU Air Conditioning w/ Integral
Heater

Powering

Customer To Supply 120/240VAC
(3) Duplex Receptacle GFCI, 15A, 125VAC,
60Hz
(1) Light, 18”, 15W, 120VAC (F15-T8-CW/TSC)
Controlled By Door Switch

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-129-10

Opto-Electronic Enclosure

65.5” H x 28” W x 33” D

Beige

230

Each

030-129-20

Opto-Electronic Enclosure w/ A/C Unit & Service Entrance

65.5” H x 28” W x 33” D

Beige

270

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

88

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Wall/Pole Mount 21RU

Door Alarm
Switch

Swing Out Rack for
Easy Rear Access

Isolated
Copper Bus Bar

Removable
Panel for
Optional Heat
Exchanger

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19”-Width, Swingout
21RU Height
10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door

3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Cable Entrance

(4) Dual Stage Knockouts 1-3”, Located Front
Right of the Cabinet

Heating and Cooling

Can Include A/C or Heat Exchanger

Grounding

All Components Are Grounded To The Main
Bus Bar

Mounting

Wall And Pole Mount

Powering

120/240VAC Service Entrance, 20 Amp
Circuit Breaker, Surge Protector,
(2) Duplex Receptacle, 125V, 20A Ground Bar

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-202-10

Wall/Pole Mount 21RU

50” H x 29” W x 24”D

Beige

210

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

89

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Backhaul 12RU

Construction
Main Body

Aluminum

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19” Width
11RU Height
10-32 Threads EIA/TIA

Door

3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Heating & Cooling

Dual thermostatically controlled, 48V DC,
100CFM fans with patented lifesaver roof

Mounting

Wall/Unistrut

Powering

125V Duplex Receptacle w/Service Entrance

Cable Entrance

4 X(Ø1.5 X 2.25”) Dual Stage Knockouts
1 X(Ø4.00”) Single Stage Knockout

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-180-40

12RU Wall/Unistrut Mount (configured as shown)

31” H x 26” W x 23.5” D

Beige

87

Each

030-180-60

12RU Pole Mount (configured as shown)

31” H x 26” W x 26.2” D

Beige

93

Each

030-180-25

12RU Wall/Unistrut Mount (w/o service entrance, fused 48V DC Fans)

31” H x 22” W x 23.5” D

Beige

85

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

90

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Backhaul 12RU
Patented Lifesaver
Roof (100%
Isolated Air Flow)

120V Fan
Wiring
4” Din Rail
8 -Position
Terminal Block

Dual
100CFM Fans
(120V AC operation)

Front-to-back
Adjustable 10RU
Mounting Rack

Knockouts
(4) 1.5”/2.25”
(1) 4”

120V Duplex
Receptacle and
Service Entrance

Isolated Copper
Bus Bar

Switch For
Activating
Open Door
Alarm

Gasketed
Door

Continuous
Stainless Steel
Piano Hinge

Padlockable
3-Point Latch

Automatic Wind
Stop

Ventilation louver
pocket

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

(houses bug screen, air
filter, or EMI/RF shield)

91

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Dual Door Backhaul 17RU

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

Aluminum

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Beige Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19” Width
17RU Height
10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door

Heating & Cooling

Full Foil-Faced Insulation, Strategically Placed
Ventilation Louvers, Patented Lifesaver
Design, and (2) 100CFM Fans

Mounting

Pole Mount

Powering

Dual 125V Duplex Receptacles

Cable Entrance

2 X(Ø2.47 X1.38”) Dual Stage Knockouts
1 X(Ø4.00”) Single Stage Knockout

Front and Back 3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge,
Light Contol Switch, Wind Stop

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-201-10

17RU Dual Door Backhaul

41” H x 20.5” W x 22” D

Beige

150

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

92

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Backhaul 18 RU w/Generator Hookup
Door Alarm
Switch
Dual 100
CFM Fans

Surge
Protection

Copper
Bus Bar

3-Point
Latch

Front View With Door
Removed

Rear View With Pole
Bracket Removed

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

Aluminum

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19” Width
18RU Height
10-32 Threads EIA/TIA

Door

3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Heating & Cooling

Dual thermostatically controlled, 48V DC,
100CFM fans with patented lifesaver roof and
heat shield

Mounting

Wall

Powering

Dual 125V Quad Receptacles , 100Amp
120/240V 6 Position Service Entrance,
70Amp 240V 2 Position Service Entrance, and
Generator Hookup w/Transfer Switch

Cable Entrance

6 X(Ø1” X 2”) Dual Stage Knockouts

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-185-10

WMO-18RU-N4-BAT-BE

50” H x 34.5” W x 28.5” D

Beige

260

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

93

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Wall/Pole Mount 14-RU-N4-AC
An above ground housing to shelter environmentally sensitive equipment from rain, sleet, snow, dust, driving
wind, hail, corrosion, and vandalism.

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum

Hardware

Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19” Width
14RU Height
10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing

Door

3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge Wind Stop

Optional Battery
Drawer Capacity

(3) Group 31 or (3) Group 24 or (3) Group 27

Stock ID

Cable Entrance

Standard - (2) 3” conduit entrances located
in the bottom rear of the compartment
With Battery Drawer - (2) 2.5” conduit
entrances located in the back wall

Heating and Cooling

1400-1600 BTU Air Conditioner

Grounding

All components are grounded to the
main copper bus bar

Powering

60 Amp Service Entrance
AC Load Center
(2) Duplex Outlets, 125V 20 Amp Breaker

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

10-6951

WMO-14RU-N4-AC Wall Mount Enclosure

30.5” H x 24” W x 24” D

Gray

185

Each

10-9160

WMO-14RU-N4-AC Wall Mount Enclosure

30.5” H X 24” W x 24” D

Beige

185

Each

030-152-10

PMO-14RU-N4-AC Pole Mount Enclosure

30.5” H X 24” W x 24” D

Gray

185

Each

030-152-20

WMO-14RU-N4-AC Wall Mount Enclosure w/ 500watt Integral Heater

30.5” H X 24” W x 24” D

Gray

185

Each

030-146-10

WMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-PG Wall Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer

43” H x 28” W x 23” D

Gray

205

Each

030-146-11

WMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-BE Wall Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer

43” H x 28” W x 23” D

Beige

205

Each

030-151-10

PMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-PG Pole Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer

43” H x 28” W x 23” D

Gray

205

Each

030-151-11

PMO-14RU-N4-AC-BAT-BE Pole Mount Enclosure w/ Battery Drawer

43” H x 28” W x 23” D

Beige

205

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

94

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

17RU Mini-OTN
An above ground housing to shelter environmentally sensitive equipment from rain, sleet, snow, dust, driving
wind, hail, corrosion, and vandalism.

Battery Tray
Construction

(6 Group 31
Battery Capacity)

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum

Hardware

Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19”-23” Adjustable Width
17 RU Height
10-32 threads EIA/TIA spacing

Door

Front - (Rack Section)
3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge,
Light Control Switch, Wind Stop
Back - (Power Slack Storage Section)
3 Point Latch, Piano Hinge, Wind Stop

Cable Entrance

8” x 20” Regular Opening On Bottom Back

Heating & Cooling

4000 BTU Air Conditioning
w/ Integrated Heater

Grounding

All components are grounded to the
main copper bus bar

Powering

120/240VAC Service Entrance,
30A/250VAC Fuses
Generator Hook-Up w/ Manual Switch
(1) Duplex Receptacle, GFCI 20A,
125VAC, 60Hz
(1) Duplex Receptacle, GFCI 15A,
125VAC, 60Hz
(1) Power Strip, 6 Positions, 120VAC,
15A Breaker
(1) Light, 18”, 15W, 120V (F15 T8 CW/TSC)
Controlled By Front Door Switch

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

UOM

030-123-10

Mini OTN w/ 4000 BTU A/C Unit

55.25” H x 42.5” W x 39” D

Beige

Each

030-123-50

Mini OTN w/o A/C Unit

55.25” H x 39” W x 39” D

Beige

Each

030-120-10

Mini OTN, w/ 6000 BTU A/C Unit

55.25” H x 42.5” W x 39” D

Beige

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

95

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

OTN Cabinet
The Multilink OTN Cabinet was designed to solve all your remote access needs. It has a compartmentalized design
which is easily configurable to fit most applications in the CATV, Outside Plant, and Wireless markets. It can serve as a
mini-headend, optical transition node, repeater, hub site, telephony “point of presence”, or a cellular microcell site. It is
100% environmentally sealed, therefore, it can house and protect all your environmentally sensitive equipment from
the rain, snow, sleet, hail, and driving winds.

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum

Hardware

Type 304 Stainless Steel

Finish

Polyester Powder Coat

Rack

19”-23” Adjustable Width
10-32 Threads EIA/TIA Spacing
2 Bay 47RU / 4 Bay 95RU / 6Bay 142 RU
*Front Racks Swing, Back Fixed

Door

3 Point Latch, Light Control Switch, Piano
Hinge, Wind Stop

Cable Entrance

Large Openings On Bottom Of Power And
Slack Storage Ends

Heating and Cooling

8,000-12,000 BTU Air Conditioning w/
Integrated Heater
Heat Exchangers Available As Options

Grounding

All components are grounded to the
main copper bus bar

Mounting

Ground

Powering

60 Amp generator hook-up
MAC load center w/ GFI outlets
220V outlet

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

14002-1

2 Bay OTN Cabinet Without
Battery Tray - 8,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 54.5” W x 36.5” D

Gray

760

Each

14002-2

2 Bay OTN Cabinet With
Battery Tray - 8,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 54.5” W x 36.5” D

Gray

760

Each

14002-2-BE

2 Bay OTN Cabinet With
Battery Tray - 8,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 54.5” W x 36.5” D

Beige

760

Each

14001

4 Bay OTN Cabinet With
Battery Tray - 12,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 78.5” W x 36.5” D

Gray

960

Each

030-155-20

4 Bay OTN Cabinet With Battery Tray
13,000 BTU A/C and Solar Shield

62.5” H x 78.5” W x 36.5” D

Gray

960

Each

030-179-10

4 Bay OTN Cabinet With Battery Tray - 48Vdc 2,500 Watt
Heat Exchanger and 4 Swingout Racks

62.5” H x 78.5” W x 36.5” D

Beige

960

Each

14000

6 Bay OTN Cabinet With
Battery Tray - 12,000 BTU A/C

62.5” H x 106.5” W x 36.5” D

Gray

1,200

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

96

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

OTN Cabinet
Power Section Equipped with Heat Exchanger: Multilink OTN Cabinets are available with air conditioning or heat
exchanger, depending upon the climate that the cabinet is being used in, and the thermal rating of the electronics
housed within. Call Multilink Customer Service, and we can help you choose the best cabinet for your application!
**OTN Cabinets can be ordered as a complete assembly including fiber management & patch panels. Please call
Customer Service for more information and ordering options.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

97

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Cabinet Options

Product Description
Multilink’s Fan Shelf is designed for both 19” & 23” rack configurations. It provides a massive airflow of 600
CFM. This unique design enables an automatic activation and deactivation of the fans at 100° F and at 90° F
respectively. The Fan Shelf operates on 120V AC and is also equipped with a 15 Amp circuit breaker switch
(conveniently located towards the front) and a 10 ft. power cord for convenient use in any sized enclosure.
Included with the Fan Shelf is a universal mounting kit with required hardware to enable 19” or a 23”
configuration.

General Specifications
Construction
Material

Finish

Durable Aluminum Construction

Hardware

Powder Coat Black

Dimensions

3003 H-14 Aluminum

17”W x 1.75”H x 14.84” D

Weight

Stainless Steel

14 lbs. (6.35kg)

Part #

Description

Dimensions

Weight (lbs)

UOM

744-386-20

600 CFM Fan Shelf

28” W x 1.75” H x 14.84” D

14

Each

Battery Heater Pad
Stock ID
Description

035-079-10
3 Battery Configuration Heater Pad with 6’
Power Cord 120V/175W

UOM Each
Dimensions 10”W x 27”L

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

98

440.366.6966

Environmentally Controlled Enclosures

Custom Cabinet Ordering Guide

Features

Options

Cabinet Evironment

Indoor or Outdoor

Material

Steel or Aluminum

Preferred Size

H” x W” x D”

Color

Beige, Gray, White

(Contact for custom color)

Access Doors

Front, Rear, or Dual

Desired Locking Mechanism

Cam Lock, 3-Point Latch, Pad Lockable, etc...
Vents, Fans, A/C, Heat Exchanger

Heating & Cooling

(Please contact us to discuss the application)

Insulating Foil

Yes or No

Solar Shield

Yes or No
Yes or No

Electrical Outlet
Service Entrance

Response

(If yes please specify quantity, Amps & voltage details)

Yes or No

(If yes please specify number of breakers, Amps & voltage details)

Yes or No

Meter Base

(If yes please specify Amps and any other details)

Mounting Preference

Wall Mount, Pole Mount, Unistrut Mount, or Pad Mount

Fiber Management Tie
Down Strips

Yes or No

Generator Disconnect

Yes or No

Surge Suppression

Yes or No
Yes or No

Rack System

(If yes please specify width)

Rack Spaces Required

If applicable

Rack Style

Swing out or Fixed

Front To Back Adjustable
Rack

Yes or No
Yes or No

Pre-Threaded Rack

(If yes please specify screw size)

Max Equipment Depth

If applicable

Desired Clearance

From front face of rack rails to the inside face of the door

Separate Battery Storage

Yes or No

Light Kit

Yes or No

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

99

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Transportation Technology Products

95% of all Multilink products are manufactured in the USA.

What that means to you is faster delivery, better quality products,
and the satisfaction of knowing you are keeping American workers
employed.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

100

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

336 Stretch Traffic Control Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Cable Entrance

Cable entry locations in bottom of enclosure

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Heating and Cooling

Forced convection w/ cooling fans

Finish

Bare

Grounding

Rack

19” Width
21RU Free Spaces (23RU Total Capacity)
10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

All components are grounded to the
main ground bar

Powering

120V AC ,60Hz 1-PHASE

Door

Dual Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,
Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket,
Document Holder

Accessories/ Special
Features

CCTV Panel, 1RU Sliding Drawer Shelf, Power
Strip, 2 Light Fixtures

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-183-11

336 Stretch Traffic Cabinet

48.6”H x 24.4”W x 23.25”D

Bare

205

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

101

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

336 Stretch Traffic Control Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Cable Entrance

Cable entry locations in bottom of enclosure

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Heating and Cooling

Forced convection w/ cooling fans

Finish

Bare

Grounding

Rack

19” Width
21RU Free Spaces (23RU Total Capacity)
10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

All components are grounded to the
main ground bar

Powering

120V AC ,60Hz 1-PHASE

Door

Dual Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,
Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket,
Document Holder

Accessories/ Special
Features

CCTV Panel, 1RU Sliding Drawer Shelf, Power
Strip, 2 Light Fixtures

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-206-10

336 Stretch Traffic Cabinet

48.7”H x 24.4”W x 23.2”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

102

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

332 Traffic Control Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Cable Entrance

Cable entry locations in bottom of enclosure

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Heating and Cooling

Finish

Bare

Forced convection w/ thermostatically
controlled cooling fans

Rack

19” Width
30RU Free Spaces
10-32 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Grounding

N/A

Powering

N/A

Door

Dual Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,
Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket,
Document Holder

Accessories/ Special
Features

Removable Rack Assembly

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

030-222-10

332 Traffic Cabinet

66.8”H x 24.25”W x 33”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

103

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Flasher Style Traffic Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Bare

Rack

N/A

Door

Single Door, Corbin Lock w/Skeleton Key,
Piano Hinge

Cable Entrance

Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of
enclosure

Heating and Cooling

N/A

Grounding

Ground lug

Powering

N/A

Accessories/ Special
Features

Raised back plate

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

050-141-10

RN1H-161912 Traffic Cabinet

19”H x 16”W x 12”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

104

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Flasher Style Traffic Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Bare

Rack

N/A

Door

Single Door, Corbin Lock w/Skeleton Key,
Piano Hinge

Cable Entrance

Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of
enclosure

Heating and Cooling

N/A

Grounding

Ground lug

Powering

N/A

Accessories/ Special
Features

Raised back plate

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

050-140-10

RN1H-18248 Traffic Cabinet

24”H x 18”W x 8”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

105

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Flasher Style Traffic Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Bare

Rack

N/A

Door

Single Door, Right Hand Corbin #2 Lock,
Piano Hinge

Cable Entrance

Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of
enclosure

Heating and Cooling

N/A

Grounding

Ground lug

Powering

N/A

Accessories/ Special
Features

Raised back plate

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

050-147-10

RN1H-18248 Traffic Cabinet

24”H x 18”W x 8”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

106

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Flasher Style Traffic Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Bare

Rack

N/A

Door

Single Door, Right Hand Corbin #2 Lock,
Piano Hinge

Cable Entrance

Knockouts for 2” conduit in bottom of
enclosure

Heating and Cooling

N/A

Grounding

Ground lug

Powering

N/A

Accessories/ Special
Features

Raised back plate

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

050-150-10

Type II Flasher Traffic Cabinet

27”H x 15.25”W x 12”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

107

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Flasher Style Traffic Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Cable Entrance

Knockout for 3” conduit on bottom

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Heating and Cooling

Finish

Bare

Forced convection w/ thermostatically
controlled cooling fans

Rack

19” Width
16RU Height
12-24 Treads EIA/TIA Spacing

Grounding

Ground lug

Powering

N/A

Door

Single Door, Right Hand Corbin #2 Lock,
Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket

Accessories/ Special
Features

Duplex Outlet

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

050-199-10

RN1H-213318 Traffic Cabinet

33”H x 21.25”W x 18”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

108

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Type 30IV Traffic Cabinet

Construction

CONSTRUCTION

Main Body

1/8” Aluminum w/Synthetic Rubber Seal

Hardware

Stainless Steel

Finish

Bare

Rack

N/A

Door

Single Door, 3 Point Latch, Corbin #2 Lock,
Piano Hinge, Wind Stop, Vent Pocket

Cable Entrance

Knockouts for 2” conduit on bottom of
enclosure

Heating and Cooling

N/A

Grounding

N/A

Powering

N/A

Accessories/ Special
Features

Unistruts with spring nuts, and raised back
plate

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

050-138-10

30IV Traffic Cabinet

56”H x 30”W x 19”D

Bare

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

109

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Camera Control Interface
*

Stock ID: 018-039-20
AC Input Voltage
Nominal Input
Voltage Tolerance
AC Input Current
Input Frequency
Input Power
Input Protection

120 Vac, nominal; single-phase only
105 to 125 Vac

Output Voltage
Output Current
Output Power
Output Protection

24 Vac camera power
4A
96 VA
4 A, 250 V type AGC-2 fuse (1/4” x 1-1/4” glass tube fuse)

Efficiency

Better than 90% over line voltage range, at full load

LED Display

Four LEDs on front panel indicate operational status
Amber: SYSTEM ON
Red: CAMERA ON
(2) Green: LOCAL ON (Joystick or RS232)

Operating
Temperature Range

-40°C to +60°C (-40°F to +140°F) at 5% to 95% relative humidity, noncondensing

Mounting
Dimensions

19-inch rack mountable EIA/TIA Spacing
18.25-inch mounting centers

Size

3.5” H x 17” W x 8.5” D
(89mm H x 432mm W x 261mm D)

Weight

Approximately 13 Lbs. (6 Kg)

E339076

1 A @ 120 Vac
60 Hz, ± 3 Hz
100 VA; 115 Watts, max
1.5 Amp, 250 volt, slow blow, glass type fuse

EMI / RFI Statement
This device has been designed and manufactured to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part
15 of FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when this
equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency
energy and, if not installed in accordance with this instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference that the user must correct at
its own expense.
*Camera shown above is for illustration purposes only. Not included or available for purchase at Multilink.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

110

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Controls, Connections & Indicators

Camera Fuse
(4A)
Camera Power
Switch
Local Joystick
Control
Local Camera Control
(DB9 Receptacle)

Video Out
(BNC Fitting)

Video Out
(BNC Fitting)
Video In
(BNC Fitting)
Remote Camera
Control
(DB9 Plug)

Remote Terminal
Out To Camera
(Phoenix Connector)

AC Input Module
-Power Switch
-Power Cord Plug End
-1.5 Amp Slow Blow Fuse

Ground Lug

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

111

440.366.6966

Traffic Products

Select Fiber Boxes For DOT
FRM-1RU-2X-TS-DOT

46

Stock ID 045-586-10 (Black)
Description Rack Mount 1RU in height made for a 19” or 23” rack
width. Features slide-off cover, 2 fixed bulkhead
positions, and 2 captive grommets for cable entry.
Dimensions 1.72” H x 12.25” W x 7.68” D (excluding brackets)
Weight 5.1 lbs.
Material Powder Coated Steel
Capacity (2) Panels
(1) 612-SSTP Splice Tray

Main unit is offset 15/16” from front of brackets

FWM-1X-SP

33

Stock ID 045-187-10 / FWM-1X-SP-BK, Black
045-187-11 / FWM-1X-SP-OW, Off White
Description
(1) Multilink Adapter Panels
Panels
(see individual panel capacities)
6.30” H x 5.50” W x 1.57” D
Dimensions (12) Single Splice Holder
Fiber Capacity 18 Gauge Steel
Material Electrostatic polyester powder coat paint, available
Coating
in Black & Off White

FWM012XPHBK
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

045-178-10 (Black)
045-178-11 (Off White)
Compact indoor wall mount enclosure for
inter connectivity and termination of optical fiber
10” H x 8.22” W x 3.81” D
- lbs.
16 GA Gauge Steel
(2) Multilink Adapter Panels
(2) 1120-SSTA

FWM024XLC
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Box Weight
Material
Capacity
Splice Tray

35

02

10-1914 (Black)
10-2714 (Off White)
Wall mount single outer door distribution unit with
inner network compartment security door and 4
termination panel capacity
12” H x 12” W x 3.5” D
9 lbs.
18 GA Powder Coated Steel
(4) Panels
(4) 1120-SSTA

Please refer to the Network Product Solutions catalog for additional options
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

112

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Steel , Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

• Multi-Dwelling Units
• Industrial Control Panel
• NEMA Rated
• Junction Boxes
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

113

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures
I.D. #

BOX STYLE

PLATE

BOX SIZE

WIDTH x HEIGHT x DEPTH
DIMENSIONS OF BOX

NUMBER
OF LOCKS

TYPE
OF LOCK

KNOCKOUTS

HOW MANY LOCKS
INSTALLED IN BOX ?

Round (Conduit) Knockouts
•	 A

1-3/8” x 2-15/32”

•	 B

7/8” x 1-1/8” x 1-3/4”

•	 C

7/8” x 1-1/8” x 1-3/8” x 1-3/4”

•	 D

1-3/8” x 1-31/32” x 2-1/2”

OPTION

MATERIAL

PG - PROTEC GRAY
BE - BEIGE
BR - BRICK RED
OW - OFF WHITE
XX - OTHER ( SPECIFY ON
OPTION PAGE )

PLT - BACK PLATE
(BLANK IF NONE)

RNH - ROUGHNECK HINGED
RNB - ROUGHNECK BASIC
RNBB - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX
RNHL - ROUGHNECK HANGING-LID
M1 - ROUGHNECK ULTRA SERIES
RTP - ROUGHNECK TOM PED
RNBBH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX HINGE
RNBBL- ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX LIFT COVER
RNBBSH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX SUPER HINGE
RN2H - ROUGHNECK 2 DOOR HINGE
RN1H - ROUGHNECK 1 DOOR HINGE
RNHX - ROUGHNECK REMOVABLE DOOR HINGE
RNSC - ROUGHNECK SCREW COVER DOOR
RN1HN4 - ROUGHNECK NEMA 4 COMPLIANCE
RN1HN3R - ROUGHNECK NEMA 3R COMPLIANCE

BOX COLOR

S - STANDARD KNOCK-OUTS (SEE BOX STYLE)
C - CUSTOM KNOCK-OUTS
( IF CUSTOM SPECIFY ON OPTION PAGE )

SL - SUPRA
PL - PLUG
IL - INNERTITE
ML - MASTER / DX / MX
AL - ACE
DV - STAR PATTERN SCREW
HA - HASP
EB - STAR PATTERN SLAM LOCK
DESIGN
HH - 7/16” HEX HEAD (BELCORE 216)
CAM - 1/4 TURN CAM LOCK
CV - COMPRESSION VICE 1/4 TURN
LATCH
DL - OVER-CENTER DRAW LATCH
3PT - THREE POINT LATCH
XX - OTHER ( SPECIFY )
SEE OPTIONS PAGE FOR LOCK #
IF APPLICABLE

N - NO
Y - YES ( SPECIFY )

A - ALUMINUM
S - STEEL
SS - STAINLESS STEEL

CUSTOM KEY CODES AVAILABLE PER REQUEST

CONDUIT/KNOCKOUT MATCHING GUIDE
CONDUIT SIZE

PVC Riser Guard Knockouts
•	 1.624” x 2.125”
•	 2.156” x 2.625”
•	 2.656” x 3.125”

Trapezoid Knockouts
•	 SR075

ACTUAL OD

RECOMMENDED
KNOCKOUT SIZE

1/2”

.840

7/8”

3/4”

1.060

1-1/8”

1”

1.315

1-3/8”

1-1/4”

1.660

1-11/16”

1-1/2”

1.900

1-31/32”

2”

2.375

2-15/32”

2-1/2”

2.875

2-15/16”

3”

3.5

3-19/32”

•	 SR100
•	 SR200

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

114

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Options Page
BOX I.D. #
LOCK OPTIONS

KNOCKOUTS

TYPE OF LOCK

A

2 STAGE: 1.375” x 2.46875”

B

2 STAGE: 1.375” x 2.25”

SHOULD WAREHOUSE SEND KEYS ?
YES
NO

C

2 STAGE: .875” x 1.125” x 1.375” x 1.75”

D

3 STAGE: 1.375” x 1.96875” x 2.5”

SHOULD THE LOCK BE INSTALLED ?
YES
NO

J

“J” STYLE

P

PVC

* LIST ANY SPECIAL LOCK
INSTRUCTIONS BELOW:

T

TRAPAZOID

R0250

ROUND .250

R0500

ROUND .500

R0562

ROUND .562

R0630

ROUND .630

R1000

ROUND 1.000

R2000

ROUND 2.000

R3000

ROUND 3.000

R4000

ROUND 4.000

LOCK #

SHIPPING INSTRUCTIONS
BUBBLE WRAP
INDIVIDUAL BOX

OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES

PLEASE CIRCLE
OPTIONS: INSTALL:

TYPE OF KNOCKOUT:

D-MARK DROP STAND
STAR PLATE
SCREEN PLATE
RGSB-12
RGSB-18
RGSB-20
RGSB-24
D-MARK
OXBOARD
PLYWOOD
GROUND LUG
TAP BRACKET
RNRC-100
60078-DRY LID
SPECIAL PLATE
DOK 1
FANS
AC WIRING
DC WIRING
RACK RAILS
RACK UNITS
THREAD SIZE
OTHER

*PLEASE SEE ATTACHED PAGE FOR THE LOCATIONS
AND TYPE OF KNOCKOUTS FOR THIS BOX

BULK

NOTES

MOUNTING PREFERENCE
WALL MOUNT
POLE MOUNT
UNISTRUT MOUNT
GROUND MOUNT

TOP

LEFT SIDE

FRONT

RIGHT SIDE

BACK

BOTTOM

*Select models available

UL listed. Contact customer service for more info.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

115

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

UL Listed Multi-Dwelling Enclosures
The Multilink MDU enclosures listed below have now been UL listed, and NEMA type 1 and 4 approved. The new
design features a 216 can wrench compression latch, reversible door, 3/4” plywood backboard, padlockable over
center draw latch, and 100% weatherproof gasketing. Standard colors are beige and gray. Mounting bracket
sold separately.

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

MOQ

050-152-31

RN1H-24248-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT

24W x 24L x 8D

Beige

EA

050-153-31

RN1H-24244-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT

24W x 24L x 4D

Beige

EA

050-154-31

RN1H-20168-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT

20W x 16L x 8D

Beige

EA

050-155-31

RN1H-20164-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT

20W x 16L x 4D

Beige

EA

050-202-31

RN1H-18148-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT

18W x 14L x 8D

Beige

EA

050-156-31

RN1H-12128-1CV-1DL-C-BE-Y-S-INT

12W x 12L x 8D

Beige

EA

050-152-30

RN1H-24248-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT

24W x 24L x 8D

Gray

EA

050-153-30

RN1H-24244-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT

24W x 24L x 4D

Gray

EA

050-154-30

RN1H-20168-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT

20W x 16L x 8D

Gray

EA

050-155-30

RN1H-20164-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT

20W x 16L x 4D

Gray

EA

050-202-30

RN1H-18148-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT

18W x 14L x 8D

Gray

EA

050-156-30

RN1H-12128-1CV-1DL-C-PG-Y-S-INT

12W x 12L x 8D

Gray

EA

MDU MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
Stock ID

Description

Color

MOQ

072-101-11

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 24" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE

Beige

EA

072-105-11

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 12", 18” & 20" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE

Beige

EA

072-101-10

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 24" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE

Gray

EA

072-105-10

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 12", 18” & 20" WIDE RN1H ENCLOSURE

Gray

EA

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

116

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

UL Listed Multi-Dwelling Enclosures (Lift-Off Screw Cover)
The Multilink MDU enclosures listed below have now been UL listed, and NEMA type 1 and 4 approved. The new
design features a lift-off screw cover and 100% weatherproof gasketing. Standard colors are beige and gray.
Mounting bracket sold separately.

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

MOQ

050-206-31

RNSC-444-SND-TYPE4

4W x 4H x 4D

Beige

EA

050-207-31

RNSC-666-SND-TYPE4

6W x 6H x 6D

Beige

EA

050-208-31

RNSC-6126-SND-TYPE4

6W x 12H x 6D

Beige

EA

050-209-31

RNSC-12126-SND-TYPE4

12W x 12H x 6D

Beige

EA

050-210-31

RNSC-6186-SND-TYPE4

6W x 18H x 6D

Beige

EA

050-211-31

RNSC-18188-SND-TYPE 4

18W x 18H x 8D

Beige

EA

050-206-30

RNSC-444-UG-TYPE4

4W x 4H x 4D

Gray

EA

050-207-30

RNSC-666-UG-TYPE4

6W x 6H x 6D

Gray

EA

050-208-30

RNSC-6126-UG-TYPE4

6W x 12H x 6D

Gray

EA

050-209-30

RNSC-12126-UG-TYPE4

12W x 12H x 6D

Gray

EA

050-210-30

RNSC-6186-UG-TYPE4

6W x 18H x 6D

Gray

EA

050-211-30

RNSC-18188-UG-TYPE 4

18W x 18H x 8D

Gray

EA

MDU MOUNTING ACCESSORIES
Stock ID

Description

Color

MOQ

072-126-11

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 4" WIDE ENCLOSURE

Beige

EA

072-125-11

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 6" WIDE ENCLOSURE

Beige

EA

072-126-10

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 4” WIDE ENCLOSURE

Gray

EA

072-125-10

MOUNTING BRACKET KIT FOR 6” WIDE ENCLOSURE

Gray

EA

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

117

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal
High Security Protection

• INCREASED SECURITY
• DECREASED COST
• CLEANER INSTALLATION
Application

The only hybrid high security box-in-box and
pedestal enclosure. Designed for broadband
multimedia systems.
This concept offers two levels of high security
against illegal hook-ups, and keeps your cable
well managed. Can be firmly bolted to the wall
or staked to the ground.

Features & Benefits

• Box-in-box design.
• Can be keyed to match any manufacturer’s
locking system

• Built to last with high-grade construction
materials

• 100% fusion welded construction for greater
durability and quality control of welds

• Textured steel holds paint better.
• Gray baked-on polyester powder coating
• Scratch and salt spray tested
• ASTM rating
Available in Steel
or Aluminum

Tom Ped is the answer to these
types of MDU problems.

Standard Knockouts

• No Knockouts
• Removeable Bottom Plate for front access and
open bottom

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 16” x 42” x 8”
• 15” x 40” x 8”
• 12” x 36” x 8”
• 8” x 32” x 8”

Star mounting plate
for equipment installation
Drop and trap organization
Active subscriber drops
Tamper proof screws
available

STOPS ILLEGALS
In the unlikely case that the cover
is ever forced off, there still remains
a second line of defense. An illegal
hook-up is prevented because all
unconnected drops are still hidden
and protected in the lower inner box!

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

118

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal
High Security Protection

RTP Hinged Door Style

RTP Box-in-Box Style With Cut Away Sides

Includes 3 heavy duty slip hinges for maintenance
ease. Above box features a tamper-proof screw
slam lock.

Shown with adjustable star and D-Mark plate.
Features tamper-proof screw slam lock.

Customized Lock

RTP Box-in-Box Style Pedestal With Full Sides

Box includes D-Mark plate with two mounting options. Also
available with star plate and various locking options. Please
call Customer Service for more information.
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

UOM

12824

BS-24 Pedestal Stake For Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal

24”

Each

12832

BS-32 Pedestal Stake For Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal

32”

Each

12845

BS-42 Pedestal Stake For Tom Ped Double Box Pedestal

42”

Each

12833

RN-TPTB Tom Ped Tap Bracket

-

Each

Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, configurations, and lock specifications

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

119

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Flush Mount Pre-Wire Box

For New and Post Construction Applications

Applications

Features & Benefits

• Comes complete with mounting hardware
• Can be used in both new and post-construction

Make pre-wiring jobs easier with the RNSB-69
Pre-Wire box from Multilink. It’s designed for
use in common junction locations for pre-wiring
in new and post construction applications. It
mounts easily to the stud and is adjustable to
any size drywall.

Stock ID

applications

• Mounts easily to studs and is adjustable to
accommodate all sizes of drywall

• Two knockouts on both top and bottom
• Cover is coated with durable white powder coating
• Custom logos and imprints are available

Description

Knockouts

Dimensions

UOM

10799K

RNSB-69 Flush Mount Pre-wire Box

2 Top / 2 Bottom / .875”

9.5” H x 6.5” W x 2.5” D

Each

11568K

RNSB-1214 Flush Mount Pre-wire Box w/Plywood (MOQ 25pcs.)

3 Top / 3 Bottom / .875”

12” H x 14” W x 3” D

Each

065-005-10

RNSB-12143 Flush Mount Pre-wire Box (MOQ 25pcs.)

3 Top / 3 Bottom / .875”

12” H x 14” W x 3” D

Each

All stock codes listed are for standard options only
Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, configurations, and lock specifications

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

120

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

M1™ Ultra Series
Step up to a new level in high security steel enclosures with the M1™ ultra high security MDU steel
enclosure.

Applications

The heavy duty box-in-box design combined with
the unique hardened steel security bar closure assembly makes the M1™ as tough as a tank!

Features & Benefits

The M1™ Ultra Series is constructed with the cover
robotically seam welded, a feature not offered by
any other steel enclosure manufacturer in the Cable
TV industry! The key to the higher level of security
offered by the M1™ Ultra Series box is in the 7/8” diameter steel Ultra Bar which runs through the steel
inner bottom and cover of the box and features a
½” shackle hole ready to accept practically any high
security padlock. With so many features packed
into a single steel enclosure it is easy to see why
the new M1™ Ultra Series box is the ultimate in high
security steel enclosures!

Lock ID: 770AA275

Standard Knockouts

• 1 Back / (D Size)

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 8”
• 12” x 18” x 8”
• 15” x 18” x 8”
• 18” x 24” x 8”

Lock ID: 6211AN80

Stock ID

Description

Box Width

Lock ID

UOM

10-5476

M1-12 Hardened Steel Security Bar

12”

770AA275

Each

10-5477

M1-15 Hardened Steel Security Bar

15”

770AA275

Each

10-5480

M1-18 Hardened Steel Security Bar

18”

770AA275

Each

10-7232

M1-8 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar

8”

6211AN80

Each

10-5488

M1-12 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar

12”

6211AN80

Each

10-5491

M1-15 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar

15”

6211AN80

Each

10-5494

M1-18 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar

18”

6211AN80

Each

10-5960

M1-24 Extended Hardened Steel Security Bar

24”

6211AN80

Each

12709

Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 1 Hook

-

-

Each

12712

Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 2 Hooks

-

-

Each

Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories
Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, configurations, and lock specifications

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

121

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RN2H/RN1H

RN2H Shown with optional Oxboard & Single
Compartment

Features & Benefits

• Now available in depths of 10” and 15”
• Available in aluminum
• Hinged 2-door cover
• Gray baked-on polyester powder coating
Options

• 2 separated compartments
• Standard accessories
• Various locking hardware
• Standard knockouts, size and location
• Voice port mounting plates

RN2H Shown with One Compartment

Standard Knockouts

• 4 Bottom / 1 Side / 1.375” x 2.468” Knockouts
Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 18” x 24” x 8”
• 24” x 24” x 8”
• 36” x 36” x 8”

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

122

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNH Hinged Series Enclosures

Features & Benefits

• Hinged cover
• Baked-on polyester powder coating for high

RNH Box with Drop Stand/Organizer Option

corrosion resistance

• Knockout for optional Cam Lock
• Multiple entry knockouts
• Indented mounting holes for easy installation
• 3/4” D-Knockout
• Drain holes to keep moisture out
• Available with Star Slam Lock
• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.

Uses same replaceable hasp
system as RNB series boxes

Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Recommened
Sizes
(W x H x D)
RNH-10126

Standard Knockouts
Knockouts

Sizes

2 Bottom

1 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-12128

2 Bottom

1 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-12188

3 Bottom

2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-15188

3 Bottom

2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-20248

3 Bottom

2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-24368

3 Bottom

2 Size A / 1 Size C

RNH-36368

3 Bottom

2 Size A / 1 Size C

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

123

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNBB - Box-In-Box

High Security Series Enclosure
Removable Back Panel
Super Hinge

Lock Latch
Plate That
Automatically
Engages When
Box Is Closed

Rear
Multistage
Knockouts

Patented All-Star
Security Locking

Mouse Hole
Knockouts For
Multistage Cable
And Back Plate Options

Features & Benefits

• High security bearing sleeve at locking point
• Highly durable polyester powder coat finish for
high corrosion resistance

• Full back with multiple entry knockout
• Key style mounting holes for easy installation
• Drain holes to keep moisture out
• Available with Star Slam Lock
• MX and DX locking keyways available
• Available in steel or aluminum
• If aluminum is desired, add an “A” to the end of the part number
• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style

Patented All-Star
Security Latch
Compatible

Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

124

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNBB Box-in-Box

High Security Series Enclosures

Shown with Lift Cover
(RNBBL)

Standard Knockouts

• 2 Bottom / 2 Back / 2 Top / “A” Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 8”
• 12” x 18” x 8”
• 15” x 18” x 8”
• 18” x 24” x 8” (Not Available For RNBBH)
Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories
Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, configurations, and lock specifications

Shown Closed
(RNBB)

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Shown with Super Heavy Duty
Hinge Option
(RNBBSH)

125

All-Star Latch and Star Pattern
Latch Compatible

Shown with Standard Hinge Option
(RNBBH)

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNB Series Enclosures

Features & Benefits

• Gray baked-on polyester powder

coating for high corrosion resistance

• Knockout for optional Cam Lock
• Multiple entry knockouts
• Indented mounting holes for easy
installation

• 3/4” D-Knockout
• Drain holes to keep moisture out
• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.
Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Zinc chromate, replaceable hasp,
standard with every RNB series box.

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 8” x 12” x 6”
• 12” x 12” x 8”
• 12” x 18” x 8”
• 15” x 18” x 8”
Recommened
Sizes
(W x H x D)
RNB-8126

Standard Knockouts
Knockouts

Sizes

2 Bottom

2 Size C

RNB-12128

2 Bottom

1 Size B / 1 Size C

RNB-12188

3 Bottom

1 Size B / 2 Size C
2 Each Side / 2 Size C

RNB-15188

3 Bottom

1 Size B / 2 Size C
2 Each Side / 2 Size C

RNB-24188

4 Bottom

2 Size B / 2 Size C
2 Each Side / 2 Size C

Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories
Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, configurations, and lock specifications

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

126

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNHL Hanging Lid Series Enclosure

Features & Benefits

• Can be set up with a variety of cylinder locks, the Innertite Lock, or a tamper
proof screw
• Gray baked-on polyester powder coating for high corrosion resistance
• Multiple entry knockouts
• Drain holes available to keep moisture out
• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.
Knockouts will change to PVC Style.
Standard Knockouts

• 2-4 Bottom / 1 Side / B & C Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 8” x 10” x 6”
• 10” x 10” x 6”
• 12” x 12” x 8”
• 12” x 18” x 8”
• 15” x 18” x 8”
• 18” x 24” x 8”
• 24” x 24” x 8”

Multilink is the only manufacturer of steel enclosures that offers built-in drain holes as a standard throughout the entire product line.
Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories.
Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, configurations, and lock specifications.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

127

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNHX Side Swing Hinge Series Enclosure

Special heavy duty grommets, shown above, are now
available on all MDU steel units.

Features & Benefits

• Can be set up with a variety of Cylinder Locks, the Innertite
Lock, or a tamper proof screw

• Gray baked on polyester powder coating for high
corrosion resistance

• Multiple entry knockouts
• Drain holes keep moisture out
• Available with back plate option. Add “PLT” to Box Style.
Knockouts will change to PVC Style.

Standard Knockouts

• 2-4 Bottom / 1 Side / B & C Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 10”
• 12” x 18” x 10”
• 15” x 18” x 10”
• 18” x 18” x 10”
• 18” x 24” x 10”
Part#

Description

UOM

10-6499

Short, Single Hole MDU Grommet

Each

10-5864

Long, Two Hole MDU Grommet

Each

642-039-10

Long, Snap Fit PVC MDU Grommet

Each

Please call Customer Service for more information
Stock codes vary depending on options such as locks and other accessories
Please call Customer Service for custom sizes, configurations, and lock specifications

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

128

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

PLT Option

RNBBSH Shown

Features & Benefits
• Back plate can remain mounted to wall

during maintenance to allow your customer
uninterrupted service
• Gray baked-on powder coating for high
corrosion resistance
• Drain holes to keep moisture out
• Designed with PVC style knockouts to
accommodate a quick and easy separation
from back plate
• Available in steel or aluminum

Standard Knockouts

• 2 Bottom / 2 Back / 2 Top / “A” Size

Recommended Sizes (W x H x D)

• 12” x 12” x 8”
• 12” x 18” x 8”
• 15” x 18” x 8”
• 18” x 24” x 8”

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

PLT Available w/ These Box Styles

• RNH - ROUGHNECK HINGED
• RNB - ROUGHNECK BASIC
• RNBB - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX
• RNHL - ROUGHNECK HANGING-LID
• M1 - ROUGHNECK ULTRA SERIES
• RTP - ROUGHNECK TOM PED
• RNBBH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX HINGE
• RNBBSH - ROUGHNECK BOX-IN-BOX SUPER HINGE
• RN2H - ROUGHNECK 2 DOOR HINGE
• RN1H - ROUGHNECK 1 DOOR HINGE
• RNHX - ROUGHNECK REMOVABLE DOOR HINGE
• RNSC - ROUGHNECK SCREW COVER

129

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

The Multilink Tamper Proof Drivers & Screws
Tamper Proof Screw Drivers made from hardened steel, plated in Zinc Chromate
Each style can be customized with any pattern drive!

Bend Style With
Off Center Drive

Off Center Pin

“T” Style With
Star Pattern Drive

Custom Star Pattern

Classic Driver Style With
Eccentric Drive

Eccentric Screw

(Your Custom Pattern Awaits!)

Star/Slam Lock screw available in custom pattern
Call Customer Service for more information

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

130

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

RNI High Security Locking Systems
For Roughneck Steel Enclosures

The MX High Security Customized
Locking System-DX Compatible

• The most secure lock ever developed specifically
for the Cable TV industry

• Fully compatible with pre-existing DX keyways.
• The unique, patented dual pin design makes the
MX the most reliable lock in the industry

IL- Inner-Tite® Barrel Lock and Key

Inner-Tite® Agbay Barrel Lock & Key

Van Lock Cam Lock & Key

Block Lock & Key

Lock part numbers vary depending on type, key way, etc.
Please call Customer Service for more information

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

131

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Options and Accessories

Van Lock Plug Lock

Master Pad Lock

Let’s Talk Security

Self-locking CPLM1 is available
in Cable Plug Lock-Master Series
and CPLV Cable Plug LockVanamatic (8 in 1).

Multilink is a full line distributor of
the most trusted locks in the world,
the Master Padlock with (2) keys.

Optional logo/six-digit code. Now
you can track and know where
your keys and drivers are!

Plastic Supra Lock Dry Lid

SL- Supra Lock

Customized Lock

Features & Benefits

• Reduce passing/transferring of keys
• Keep track of your security
• Track theft of service
• When issuing keys and drivers you can track by six-digit security with
employees and subcontractors

• Available on keys and tamper-proof drivers
Ace/Chicago and American Locks with customized key codes can be ordered through Multilink
Multilink is a full line distributor of American Locks
The Multilink data bank tracks all keys and drivers sold by six-digit number system
For more details, please call Customer Service. Lock part numbers vary depending on type, key way, etc.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

132

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Options and Accessories

A - Screen Plate

B - Oxboard

C-G - Touch-Up Paint

H - Star Plate

I - Mark Plate

J - Ground Lug

Figure

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

UOM

A

Varies

Screen Plate

Sized to Fit

Each

B

Varies

Oxboard Backing

Sized to Fit

Each

C

12715

Brown Touch-up Paint

12oz.

Each

D

12716

Beige Touch-up Paint

12oz.

Each

E

12717

Brick Red Touch-up Paint

12oz.

Each

F

12718

White Touch-up Paint

12oz.

Each

G

12719

Grey Touch-up Paint

12oz.

Each

H

Varies

Star Plate

Sized to Fit

Each

I

Varies

D-Mark Plate For Roughneck Steel Enclosures

-

Each

J

12704K

Ground Lug

-

Each

N/A

Varies

Copper Bus Bar

-

Each

Stock ID

Description

Size

Color

UOM

649-009-10

Cable Organizer

12.7mm

Ivory

Each

649-010-10

Cable Organizer

8.5mm

Ivory

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

133

440.366.6966

Steel, Stainless Steel, & Aluminum Enclosures

Options and Accessories for Roughneck Steel Enclosures

Optional louvers available on your
MDU, please call Customer Service
for more information

Keep from losing the detachable lids
from your Roughneck Steel Enclosure with this high strength retaining cable with eyelets

Part#

New Tap Mounting Bracket Mount
taps quickly and easily inside your
roughneck box

Description

UOM

12709

Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 1 Hook

Each

12712

Roughneck Lid Retaining Cable With 2 Hooks

Each

12708K

RNBT-7 Tap Bracket

Each

Why does Multilink use Galvanealed Steel vs. Aluminized Steel in the construction of our Steel MDU Enlcosures?
Gavanealed Steel - Starzinc-Alloy

Aluminized Steel - Al-Might

Features

Uses

Features

Uses

steel sheets feature paint
adhesion quality not
found in other coated
steel sheets
• Surface roughness
encourages paint
adhesion and provides
base for finishing

Underbody parts,
reinforcing parts
• Outdoor
Roofing, siding, shutters,
doors, and traffic signs
• Indoor
Air conditioner housings,
commercial refrigerators,
washing machines, steel
furniture, office machines,
furnaces, and ovens

sheets offer high-grade
resistance to corrosion
and heat
• Excellent heat reflective
and good formability
• Beautiful finish even
under high temperature

Exhaust pipes, mufflers,
catalytic converters, auto
heat shields
• Indoor
Chimneys, fireplaces,
stoves, heat exchangers,
water heaters, furnaces,
barbecue grills, ovens,
and toasters

• Uniform zinc coated

• Automobile

• Aluminum coated steel

• Automobile

Galvanealed Steel
Starzinc-Alloy

Aluminized Steel
Al-Might

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

134

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Multilink’s Family Of Plastic Demarcation Enclosures

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

135

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Non-Captive Plastic Demarcation Enclosure
CC-1/JR, CC-1/DWB, and CC-1/110-T

Features & Benefits

• Dual locking system
• Guard Tower locking terminator
• Replaceable hasp
• Custom Logos/Imprints
• Injection Molded available
• Have it your way, we customize to your application!

Patent #331-740

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs./Case

UOM

30125K

CC-1/JR-T Set Up for Locking Terminator Use

7.375” H x 4.75” W x 1.625” D

26 lbs.

50/Case

30105K

CC-1/DWB-T

9.85” H x 6.75” W x 3.7” D

25 lbs.

30/Case

30306K

CC-1/DWB-TX “X” Back

9.85” H x 6.75” W x 3.7” D

25 lbs.

30/Case

30307K

CC-1/DWB-TS Tamper Proof Screw

9.85” H x 6.75” W x 3.7” D

25 lbs.

30/Case

30155K

CC-1/110-T Set Up for Locking Terminator Use

11” H x 7.0” W x 4.25” D

38 lbs.

30/Case

31440

C-1PC Terminator Cap for CC-1 Enclosures-Gray

-

-

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

136

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

SDU9134 (Single Dwelling Unit)
Non-Captive Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

The SDU is more than a plastic enclosure.
The innovative, NON CAPTIVE design
speeds the upgrade installation time
of installing a new demarcation
enclosure without disconnecting the
customer’s service!

Features & Benefits

• Guard Tower locking terminator
• Replaceable Hasp
• Custom Logos/Imprints
• Injection molded available
• Standard color is gray
Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs./Case

UOM

30211K-T

SDU-9134 Set up with replaceable hasp and locking terminator
security post

13.85” H x 9.31” W x 4” D

19 lbs.

10/Case

30222K

SDU-9134 Set up with replaceable hasp and locking terminator
security post - Features Deep Lid

13.85” H x 9.31” W x 5” D

16 lbs.

8/Case

SDU-9134 features tamper proof screws 10/Case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

137

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1000

The RNI-1000 series enclosure is constructed with UV stabilized
plastic, standard gray color. Removable door has dual locking
systems and accepts custom logos/imprints. Cable entry points
can be found on the bottom of this enclosure. Countersunk
mounting holes for easy mounting on uneven surfaces.

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-1000
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Capacity
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

020-027-20
Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1000
9.9” H x 10.52” W x 3.27” D
7.5” H x 8.0” W x 1.75” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
34 lbs. per case
20 per case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

138

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1200
New FlexGrid™ back design
for universal mounting

Patent in process

The RNI-1200 series enclosure is constructed with UV stabilized
plastic, standard gray color. Removable door has dual locking
systems and accepts custom logos/imprints. Cable entry points
can be found on the bottom of this enclosure. Countersunk
mounting holes for easy mounting on uneven surfaces. Back
wall incorporated FlexGrid™ arrangement, which incorporates
mounting slots for greater flexibility in mounting more
products. Slots accept #6 & #8 screws.

9.90”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-1200
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Capacity
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

020-070-20
Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1200
9.90” H x 10.52” W x 5.29” D
7.5” H x 8.0” W x 4” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
13 lbs. per case
10 per case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

139

10.52”

5.29”

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1500

The RNI-1500 series enclosure is constructed with UV
stabilized plastic, standard gray color. Removable door has
dual locking systems and accepts custom logos/imprints.
Cable entry points can be found on the bottom of this
enclosure. Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting
on uneven surfaces.

11.88”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-1500
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Capacity
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

020-028-20
Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-1500
11.88” H x 12.27” W x 4.86” D
9.5” H x 9.5” W x 3.25” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
20 lbs. per case
10 per case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

140

12.27”

4.86”

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2000
New FlexGrid™ back design
for universal mounting

Patent in process

The Multilink RNI-2000 plastic demarcation enclosure
provides the ultimate mounting flexibility of our FlexGrid™
mounting system. FlexGrid™ equipped boxes are guaranteed
to fit any manufacturers splitter footprint. Mounting area of
approximately 9” wide and 6” high provides unsurpassed
mounting capability. The specialized grommet strip provides
added weatherproofing along with an industry standard
locking terminal for security of contents.

11.92”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-2000
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Capacity
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

020-115-20
Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2000
11.92” H x 12.27” W x 4.91” D
9.5” H x 9.5” W x 3.25” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
20 lbs. per case
10 per case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

141

12.27”

4.91”

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2500
New FlexGrid™ back design
for universal mounting

Non-Captive
Grommets

The Multilink RNI-2500 plastic demarcation enclosure
provides the ultimate mounting flexibility of our FlexGrid™
mounting system. FlexGrid™ equipped boxes are guaranteed
to fit any manufacturers splitter footprint. Four raised
mounting blocks allow for a second level mounting plate to
be installed above the base level of the enclosure. Specialized
grommets and a main cable tie-down location provide added
security along with industry standard locking terminal.

Patent in process

12.95
12.95”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-2500
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Capacity
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

020-104-20
Indoor/Outdoor Wall Enclosure RNI-2500
12.95” H x 12.37” W x 4.90” D
9.75” H x 9.75” W x 3.75” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
20 lbs. per case
10 per case

12.37
12.37”

4.90
4.90”

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

142

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Multimedia Single Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

11.15”

Features & Benefits

• Dual locking system
• Removable cover
• Plywood Optional
• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint
• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on
uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding
• Standard color is Gray
• Custom Logos/Imprints
• Injection molded available

11.15”

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3600
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

5.17”

30617K
Single Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator
11.5” H x 11.5” W x 5.17” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
18lbs. per case
10 per case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

143

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

RNI-3900 Single Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

9.55”
9.55”

Features & Benefits

• Dual locking system
• Removable cover
• Plywood Optional
• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint
• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on

12.15”

uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Standard color is Gray
• Custom Logos/Imprints
• Injection molded available

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3900
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

4.40”

10-9899
Plastic demarcation enclosure with locking terminator
12.15” H x 9.55” W x 4.40” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
18lbs per case
10 per case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

144

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

RNI-3800 Single Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure
Louvers are designed into cover to
look like vents on the side of homes

Custom logo available
and molded into plastic

Locking Terminator
Locking hole for
cable lock or wires

9.51”
Features & Benefits

• Dual locking system
• Removable cover
• Plywood Optional
• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint
• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on

11.92”

uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Standard color is Gray
• Custom Logos/Imprints. Injection molded available
INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3800
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

6.09”

10-8609
Single Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator
11.92” H x 9.51” W x 6.09” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
18lbs. per case
10 per case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

145

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

RNI-3615 Double Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

Punch Down Block Shown
Not Available

8.00”

Features & Benefits

• Dual door access and locking
• Removable cover
• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting

on uneven surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Custom injected molded logo available
• Weatherized UV stabilized plastic for the

ultimate protection against the elements

• Enclosure can be painted with Latex paint
• Unique ribbed backing built into the enclosure for

13.84”

easy mounting of equipment anywhere on the pattern
• Removable plastic divider for increased versatility
• Plywood optional.
• Special resistance material available upon request,
includes 15 year pro-rated warranty
• Standard color is gray

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3615
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Material
Cable Entry
UOM

30632K
Dual Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator
13.84” H x 8” W x 4.43” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
10 per case

4.43”

Minimum order 200pcs.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

146

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Multimedia Double Door Plastic Demarcation Enclosure

10.75”
Exterior Features

• Weatherized UV stabilized plastic for the ultimate protection
against the elements

• Dual locking system
• UV stabilized plastic can be painted with Latex paint
• Countersunk mounting holes for easy mounting on uneven
surfaces like aluminum or vinyl siding

• Can be wall mounted or on a pedestal stake
• Standard color is Gray
• Custom Logos/Imprints. Injection molded available

16.84”

Interior Features

• Both plastic dividers can be removed for increased versatility
• The removable plastic insert plate has 2 knockouts for F-81
hex holes and an open end hex hole in the center
of plate for an F-81

INDOOR/OUTDOOR WALL ENCLOSURE - RNI-3620
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Material
Cable Entry
Weight
UOM

30652K
Dual Door Demarkation Enclosure w/ Locking Terminator
16.84” H x 10.75” W x 4.19” D
UV Stabilized Plastic, Gray (can be painted with latex paint)
Multiple Entry Points at Bottom of Enclosure
35 lbs. per case
10 per case

4.19”

Minimum order 200pcs.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

147

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

AM Series JIC Size Junction Box
B

A

Features

C

• NEMA/EEMAC Type 4, 4X, 12 specifications
• UL 508 listed, Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13
• CSA certified LR 89590 for use with industrial

Options

• Optional painted carbon steel back panels
• Optional aluminum back panels
• Custom size polycarbonate viewing windows
• Hinge installed on short side
• Molded-in color matches
• EMI/RFI shielding
• Factory supplied silk screening

equipment CSA Enc. 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13
• Strong, molded fiberglass reinforced polyester
construction with matching flat cover
• Gasket made of closed cell neoprene cord encased in
a continuous channel
• 304 stainless steel wall mounting feet with 10-32
stainless steel screws included
• 10-32 thread inserts are installed for optional back panel
• Fiberglass material is easily punched, drilled or sawed
• UV stabilized for outdoor use
Part#

Description

Dimensions

UOM

10-9001

AM 664 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

6.1” A x 6.1” B x 4.18” C

Each

10-9002

AM 864 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

8” A x 6.12” B x 4.13” C

Each

10-9003

AM 1084 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

10.13” A x 8.26” B x 6.13” C

Each

10-9004

AM 1086 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

10.13” A x 8.26” B x 6.13” C

Each

10-9005

AM 1206 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

12.13” A x 10.26” B x 6.13” C

Each

10-9006

AM 1426 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

14.13” A x 12.26” B x 6.13” C

Each

10-9007

AM 1648 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

16.27” A x 14.4” B x 8.13” C

Each

10-9008

AM 1868 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

18.4” A x 16.4” B x 8.13” C

Each

10-9009

AM 2068 SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Lift Off Screw Cover

20” A x 16” B x 8.13” C

Each

10-9010

AM 664L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

6.1” A x 6.1” B x 4.18” C

Each

10-9011

AM 864L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

8” A x 6.12” B x 4.13” C

Each

10-9012

AM 1084L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

10.13” A x 8.26” B x 4.13” C

Each

10-9013

AM 1086L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

10.13” A x 8.26” B x 6.13” C

Each

10-9014

AM 1206L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

12.13” A x 10.26” B x 6.13” C

Each

10-9015

AM 1426L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

14.13” A x 12.26” B x 6.13” C

Each

10-9016

AM 1648L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

16.27” A x 14.4” B x 8.13” C

Each

10-9017

AM 1868L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

18.4” A x 16.4” B x 8.13” C

Each

10-9018

AM 2068L SERIES JIC Size Junction Boxes With Hinged Cover

20” A x 16” B x 8.13” C

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

148

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

ML-200 Telephony Demarcation Enclosure
Ideal for terminating phone drops in cable VOIP installations

Features

• Wall or pole mountable
• Integrated security features
• Hinged cover for ease in access
• Corrosion and weatherproof for outdoor applications
• Impact resistant and UV resistant for maximum field survivability
Benefits

The Multilink ML-200 series telephony demarcation enclosure is a weatherproof outdoor product designed to allow for
the interconnection or repair of traditional telephony grade copper conductors.
The enclosure can be used for interconnecting copper telephony conductors in VOIP applications without the need to
re-run entire telephony inside wiring.
The enclosure can be mounted on most outdoor plant surfaces including poles and walls near existing telephony
demarcation enclosures.
Within the enclosure are 4 brass posts with associated washers and nuts for terminating in-bound and out-bound copper
pairs, which, if used, would allow for a means to separate the network from a station in test access situations.
The enclosure can also be used as a convenient location to repair copper conductors using standard discrete copper
connectors.
The unit is designed with 2 entry ports at the unit’s base for in-bound and out-bound cabling and ground wire insertion.
The cover and base are hinged and can be secured via the molded in cover and base loop located on the right hand side.
Part#

Description

Dimensions

UOM

10-6897

ML-200 Telephony Demarcation Enclosure

3.24” W x 5.0” H x 2.5” D

Each

Standard color is Gray

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

149

440.366.6966

Plastic Demarcation

Plastic Demarcation Accessories

Riser Tubing
Protect drop cable from weed eaters and
environmental damage with solid wall riser tubing

Mounting Strap
For Riser Tubing

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

UOM

31701

Slit Back Snap-On Style Riser Tubing

.5” ID x .875” OD x 6’L

50/Case

31705

578-RT Solid Body Riser Tubing

.5” ID x .875” OD x 6’L

50/Case

31702

Mounting Strap for Riser Tubing

0.875”

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

150

440.366.6966

Drop Splice Hardware

Splice Kits
Gelseal™ Splice Kit Re-Enterable

• One size fits all RG6/59 or RG7/11
drop cable and 2-6 twisted pair
phones lines
• Reduces your inventory
• Stock one size for direct burial
underground splices

Mechanical Specifications

Splices protected when direct
buried and exposed to temperature
ranges of -40°F to 140°F.

Test

Test Conditions

Environmental Cycling

-40°C to 60°C; 3 cycles/day; 100 cycles

Heat Aging

60°C; 30 days

Water Immersion

Room temperature for 30 days; 2 foot water head

Freeze-Thaw Cycling

-40°C to 60°C; 2 cycles per day; 1000 cycles

Salt Fog

Per ASTM B-368; 30 days

Soil Chemical Resistance

30 day immersion in:
•	 0.1N Na2SO4
•	 0.1N H2SO4
•	 0.1N NaCL
•	 0.1 NaOH

Fungus Resistance

Per ASTM G-21

Gelseal Re-Enterable
™

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

151

440.366.6966

Drop Splice Hardware

Gelseal™ Splice Kit Re-Enterable
3610-GS
Stock ID 34120K-OR
34120K-BLK
Description For RG6/59 Drop Cable Twisted Pair Orange Kit
Dimensions 4” L x 1” W x 1.5” H
Weight .10 lbs.
Material Plastic with Silicone
UOM Each

3611-GS
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
UOM

34122K-OR
For RG7/11 Drop Cable Twisted Pair Orange Kit
7.75” L x 1.5” W x 1.75” H
Plastic with Silicone
Each

3612-GS
Stock ID 34123K-OR
Description Splice Repair Kit For 0.412 - 0.750 Feeder Cable
Black Kit
Dimensions 12” L x 2.25” W x 3.5” D
Weight Material Plastic with Silicone
UOM Each

3614-GS
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
UOM

34145K
Multi Gelseal™ Splice Orange Kit
6” L x 2” W x 1” D
Plastic with Silicone
Each

3616-GS
Stock ID 10-8342
Description For RG59, RG6, RG7, RG11 and 312 Drop Cable
Twisted Pair Black Kit
Dimensions 6” L x 2” W x 1” D
Weight .21 lbs.
Material Plastic with Silicone
UOM Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

152

440.366.6966

Drop Splice Hardware

Splice Sealant
Features & Benefits

• Teflon filled thread sealing
• High temperature resistance
• Non-galling, non-seizing, and non-toxic
• Extreme resistance to rust and corrosion
• Non-corrosive to metals
• Non-staining
• Note: All above come with twist cap and squeezable bottle
F-Seal™
• Multilink’s F-Seal was developed to maintain an internal seal against
signal leakage from F-Connectors

• And no matter what brand of connector you are using, you must

be able to seal the internal threads against the incursion of moisture,
pollution, and other unpredictable weather conditions
• With a single drop of F-Seal on the thread port you will be able
to maintain a more secure and a longer lasting seal than with
silicone grease (Please note that the signal contact is made with the
F-Connector post and not the threads)
• F-Seal is especially compounded to remain permanently elastic, even under extreme weather conditions
• F-Seal works effectively in temperatures ranging from -40°F to 400°F. Along with Multilink’s Torque Wrench and a
simple Weather Boot, you can ensure that you have the best seal possible at the absolute lowest cost
• F-Seal already has a proven track record that literally goes above and beyond the Cable TV industry standard
• F-Seal is derived from a compound that was used on the Space Shuttle to seal fittings, which proves that it can
certainly meet any earthbound standard!
Stock ID

Description

Size

UOM

38260K

F-Seal Teflon Splice Sealant

4 Fl. Oz.

Each

38270K

F-Seal Teflon Splice Sealant

8 Fl. Oz.

Each

Description

Size

UOM

34402K

4421-GS Underground Drop Sealant

4.25” L x 2.375” W

Each

34401K

4425-UDSP Underground Drop Sealant

4.25” L x 2.375” W

50/Bag

UDSP Splice Sealant

Stock ID

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

153

440.366.6966

Drop Splice Hardware

Smart Clips Surface Mount/Siding Clips / The All-In-One Cable Clip !
• The Smart Clip replaces all the surface mounting clips and siding clips you are now using for cable
installation on the side of homes

• Cut inventory from 20 line items to 2 line items
• There are only two Smart Clips, a surface mount clip and a siding clip
• They use detachable or multi-detachable tie wraps, eliminating the need for
multiple sizes of clips

• Smart Clips can be used horizontally or vertically
Features & Benefits

• Lower inventory types, only two part numbers to stock
• Complete assembly - includes fastening screw (for surface mount)
• Fits all standard coaxial and twisted pair drop cables
• Ready for cable installation with an included outdoor tie wrap
• Vertical or horizontal mount for siding applications
Special Features

• Run additional cable/phone lines without installing additional clips
US Patent 6,378,814B1

Siding Clip

Horizontal Application

Vertical Application

Stock ID

Description

UOM

33626K

CHV-6W Siding Clip White

100/Case

33627K

CHV-6B Siding Clip Black

100/Case

Add Twisted Pair

Surface Mounting Clip
Stock ID

Description

UOM

33625K

CSM-6 Surface Mounting Clip Black

100/Case

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

154

440.366.6966

Drop Splice Hardware

Plastic Cable Clips

Screw-In Clips for 6/59 or 7/11 Cable

Features & Benefits

• Clips secure to either 6/59 or 7/11 series cables without
limiting transmission signal bandwidth

• UV stabilized Xenoy® clip body has a temperature range
of -50°F to 300°F. No cracking, splitting, or chipping

• Smooth, rounded edges of clip bodies will not cut or

abrade cable shielding, eliminating a cause of signal leakage

• Screws are specially hardened, plated, and treated to

withstand 1,000 hours of corrosive salt spray testing per
ASTM B 117

B

A

Figure

Part#

Description

Dimensions

UOM

A

10-9980

-

33535K

625-RG11 Plastic Strap & Screw For RG11

For 0.393” - 0.405” Diameter Cable

100/Bag

620-RG6QS Plastic Strap & Screw For RG6

For 0.272” - 0.300” Diameter Cable

100/Bag

B

33539K

625-RG6DS Plastic Strap With Drill & Tap Screw

For 0.272” - 0.300” Diameter Cable

100/Bag

DROP INSTALLATION MATERIALS

Plastic Horizontal and Vertical Siding Clips
Cable installers love this innovative design. Allows
rapid, snap-on installation without special tools
(only a screwdriver). No nails, no staples, no mess.
These residential siding clips are trouble-free! The
premium grade nylon lasts longer. Resists weather.
Replacement call backs or complaints are virtually
eliminated. The customers appreciate the safe
and neat installation. No possible tool damage or
punctures to siding. No rust or stain from nails or A
staples. No deterioration.

B

Figure

Part#

Description

UOM

A

10-6050

Horizontal Sliding Clip Black

100/Bag

B

10-6051

Vertical Sliding Clip Black

100/Bag

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

155

440.366.6966

Drop Splice Hardware

Drop Installation Materials

Squirrel Guard

• Protect hard and drop cable from hungry squirrels and other pesky rodents with Multilink Squirrel Guard
• Squirrel Guard is now available in two styles
• Both the Green Flex and the Squirrel Guard Slinky are easy to install and will provide superior protection from rodent
damage to your cable
Part#

Description

24503

7003-SGJ (Slinky) For RG6 & RG59

-

100/Roll

24513

73435-SGT Green Flex

1.5” x 6’

75/Carton

24512

73435-SGT Green Flex

1.5” x 100’

100/Carton

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

156

UOM

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Multilink’s Family Of Raceway

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

157

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Downspout Exterior Raceway System

™

MULTIPLE
APPLICATIONS
• Fiber
• CATV
• HVAC
• Teleco
• Coaxial
• Satellite
• Twisted Pair
• Solar
Patent No. US 7,964,804 B2

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

158

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Downspout Exterior Raceway System
The patented
Downspout Raceway
System from Multilink
provides a simple
solution to cover up any
wiring or piping that
runs along your exterior
walls. This system gives
you the added benefits
of maintaining the
accepted architecture
look that will be readily
accepted by the end
user as well as a quick
and easy installation in
the field.

1.

2.
3.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

159

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Downspout Exterior Raceway System
F

D

B

C

A

3.160

E
DOWNSPOUT
COVER

G

2.798

BRIDGE LANCES
EVERY 12”

DOWNSPOUT
BASE

Patent No. US 7,964,804 B2

Actual size

MOLDING
Item

Part #

Description

UOM

A

039-138-10

Downspout Molding White Plastic Exterior 8’ (2 Piece System, Cover & Base)

96’/Ctn

A

039-138-11

Downspout Molding Brown Plastic Exterior 8’ (2 Piece System, Cover & Base)

96’/Ctn

A

039-138-12

Downspout Molding Beige Plastic Exterior 8’ (2 Piece System, Cover & Base)

96’/Ctn

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

160

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Downspout Exterior Raceway System
WALL STRAP
Item

Part #

Description

UOM

B

039-143-10

DWS-W Downspout Wall Strap White

10/Pack

B

039-143-11

DWS-B Downspout Wall Strap Brown

10/Pack

B

039-143-12

DWS-BE Downspout Wall Strap Beige

10/Pack

UOM

SEAM COVER
Item

Part #

Description

C

039-141-10

DSSC-W Downspout Seam Cover White

10/Pack

C

039-141-11

DSSC-B Downspout Seam Cover Brown

10/Pack

C

039-141-12

DSSC-BE Downspout Seam Cover Beige

10/Pack

45° FITTING (2 Piece System)
Item

Part #

Description

UOM

D

039-147-10

DSF-45-W Downspout 45 Degree Fitting White (2 Piece System)

Each

D

039-147-11

DSF-45-B Downspout 45 Degree Fitting Brown (2 Piece System)

Each

D

039-147-12

DSF-45-BE Downspout 45 Degree Fitting Beige (2 Piece System)

Each

90° FITTING (2 Piece System)
Item

Part #

Description

UOM

E

039-146-10

DSF-90-W Downspout 90 Degree Flat Fitting White (2 Piece System)

Each

E

039-146-11

DSF-90-B Downspout 90 Degree Flat Fitting Brown (2 Piece System)

Each

E

039-146-12

DSF-90-BE Downspout 90 Degree Flat Fitting Beige (2 Piece System)

Each

END CAP
Item

Part #

Description

UOM

F

039-139-10

DSEC-W Downspout End Cap Fitting White (1 Piece)

10/Pack

F

039-139-11

DSEC-B Downspout End Cap Fitting Brown (1 Piece)

10/Pack

F

039-139-12

DSEC-BE Downspout End Cap Fitting Beige (1 Piece)

10/Pack

ROUND ADAPTER
Item

Part #

Description

UOM

G

039-163-10

DSA-4R-W Downspout to 4” Round Adapter White

Each

G

039-164-10

DSA-3R-W Downspout to 3” Round Adapter White

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

161

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Latch Duct Raceway

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant - Available in our Standard Version

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

162

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Latch Duct Raceway

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant - Available in our Standard Version

Features

• Fast Mounting One Piece Design
• Architectural MutiRaceway holds communication cables to a 1 inch bend radius,
thus maintaining end to end connectivity even when filled to capacity or pulled
through the raceway
• The one piece design constructed of 94V-O rigid vinyl features a highly flexible
hinge and self-locking latch
• This can be easily accessed as many times as necessary without stress cracking
or discoloration
UL Listed Material

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

163

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Multilink Latch Duct MultiRaceway
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Features & Benefits

• The MRM Series Latch Duct Raceway is an adhesive

backed, highly flexible, one piece design that installs
quickly and easily
• All fittings incorporate a minimum of 1” bend radius, thus
maintaining end to end connectivity even when filled to
capacity or pulled through raceway.

A-C

A

B

C

.50

1.90

1.36

.84

1.06

.78

MOLDING
Figure

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

A

99828

MRM75-I-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

.84” W x .5” H x 6’ L

9 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

A

99825

MRM75-W-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

.84” W x .5” H x 6’ L

9 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

A

99830

MRM75-OW-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

.84” W x .5” H x 6’ L

9 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

B

99838

MRM12-I-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L

23 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

B

99835

MRM12-W-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L

23 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

B

99831

MRM12-OW-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L

23 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

C

99848

MRM17-I-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L

33 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

C

99845

MRM17-W-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L

33 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

C

99832

MRM17-OW-T

Pre-Adhesive Backed Latch Duct Raceway

1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L

33 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

Packed 120 ft. per carton
Standard colors are Ivory, White and Office White
Replace XX with I, W or OW for color designation
Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for fittings)
Call Customer Service for more information

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

164

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

MutliClear Surface Raceway

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant
Features & Benefits

• The MultiClear Raceway encompasses a flexible vinyl base to
hold and secure cable

• The cover can be removed without disrupting the cabling
• This two piece design has a clear base and solid covers

available in our standard raceway colors of Ivory, White, and
Office White
• The line is compatible with the fittings on the following pages
A-C

A

B

C

1.06

.78

.50

1.90

1.36

.84

MOLDING
Figure

Stock ID

Part#

Description

Dimensions

Weight

UOM

A

99854

MRC75-I-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

.84” W x .5” H x 6’ L

9 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

A

99855

MRC75-W-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

.84” W x .5” H x 6’ L

9 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

A

TBD

MRC75-OW-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

.84” W x .5” H x 6’ L

9 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

B

99860

MRC12-I-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L

23 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

B

99861

MRC12-W-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L

23 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

B

TBD

MRC12-OW-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

1.36” W x .78” H x 6’ L

23 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

C

99866

MRC17-I-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L

33 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

C

99867

MRC17-W-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L

33 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

C

99869

MRC17-OW-T

Pre-Adhesive Multiclear Surface Raceway

1.90” W x 1.06” H x 6’ L

33 Lbs./Ctn

120’/Ctn

Packed 120 ft. per carton
Standard colors are Ivory, White and Office White
Replace XX with I, W or OW for color designation
Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for fittings)
Call Customer Service for more information

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

165

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Fittings for MRM & MRC Series Molding
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

T-FITTING

Not Sold Separately

Stock ID

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

99615K

MRF75-TRT-I

.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99616K

MRF75-TRT-W

.75

White

10/Pack

99614K

MRF75-TRT-OW

.75

Office White

10/Pack

99620K

MRF12-TRT-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

99621K

MRF12-TRT-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

99623K

MRF12-TRT-OW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

99625K

MRF17-TRT-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99626K

MRF17-TRT-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

99624K

MRF17-TRT-OW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

INSIDE CORNER

Not Sold Separately

Stock ID

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

99459K

MRF75-ICR-I

.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99454K

MRF75-ICR-W

.75

White

10/Pack

99455K

MRF75-ICR-OW

.75

Office White

10/Pack

99463K

MRF12-ICR-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

99465K

MRF12-ICR-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

99460K

MRF12-ICR-OW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

99469K

MRF17-ICR-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99470K

MRF17-ICR-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

99475K

MRF17-ICR-OW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

OUTSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

99441K

MRF75-OCR-I Flat

.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99442K

MRF75-OCR-W Flat

.75

White

10/Pack

99443K

MRF75-OCR-OW
Flat

.75

Office White

10/Pack

99446K

MRF12-OCR-I Flat

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

99447K

MRF12-OCR-W Flat

1.25

White

10/Pack

99445K

MRF12-OCR-OW
Flat

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

99451K

MRF17-OCR-I Flat

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99452K

MRF17-OCR-W Flat

1.75

White

10/Pack

99450K

MRF17-OCR-OW
Flat

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

166

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Fittings for MRM & MRC Series Molding
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

99645K

MRF75-EC-I

.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99646K

MRF75-EC-W

.75

White

10/Pack

99647K

MRF75-EC-OW

.75

Office White

10/Pack

99651K

MRF12-EC-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

99652K

MRF12-EC-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

99653K

MRF12-EC-OW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

99656K

MRF17-EC-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99657K

MRF17-EC-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

MRF17-EC-OW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

Stock ID

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

99411K

MRF75-JC-I

.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99412K

MRF75-JC-W

.75

White

10/Pack

99413K

MRF75-JC-OW

.75

Office White

10/Pack

99658K

SEAM COVER

99416K

MRF12-JC-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

99417K

MRF12-JC-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

99418K

MRF12-JC-OW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

99421K

MRF17-JC-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99422K

MRF17-JC-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

99423K

MRF17-JC-OW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

Stock ID

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

99486K

MRF75-FER-I

.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99487K

MRF75-FER-W

.75

White

10/Pack

99485K

MRF75-FER-OW

.75

Office White

10/Pack

FLAT ELBOW

Not Sold Separately

99491K

MRF12-FER-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

99492K

MRF12-FER-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

99490K

MRF12-FER-OW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

99496K

MRF17-FER-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99497K

MRF17-FER-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

99495K

MRF17-FER-OW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

Size

Color

UOM

REDUCER FITTING
Stock ID

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Part #

99630K

MRF12-R75-IV

1.25 to .75

Ivory

10/Pack

99631K

MRF12-R75-W

1.25 to .75

White

10/Pack

99632K

MRF12-R75-OW

1.25 to .75

Office White

10/Pack

99635K

MRF17-R75--I

1.75 to .75

Ivory

10/Pack

99636K

MRF17-R75-W

1.75 to .75

White

10/Pack

99637K

MRF17-R75-OW

1.75 to .75

Office White

10/Pack

167

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Fittings for MRM & MRC Series Molding
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

CEILING ENTRY

Not Sold Separately

Stock ID

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

99319K

MRF75-CE-I

.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99321K

MRF75-CE-W

.75

White

10/Pack

99322K

MRF75-CE-OW

.75

Office White

10/Pack

99320K

MRF12-CE-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

99323K

MRF12-CE-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

99324K

MRF12-CE-OW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

99330K

MRF17-CE-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

99331K

MRF17-CE-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

99332K

MRF17-CE-OW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

Color

UOM

TRANSITION FITTING
Stock ID

Part #

Size

649-052-21

MRF12-TF-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

649-052-23

MRF12-TF-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

649-052-22

MRF12-TF-OW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

649-051-21

MRF17-TF-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

649-051-23

MRF17-TF-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

MRF17-TF-OW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

Part #

Size

Color

UOM

039-305-20

MRF12-SBE-I

1.25

Ivory

10/Pack

039-284-20

MRF12-SBE-W

1.25

White

10/Pack

039-304-20

MRF12-SBE-LW

1.25

Office White

10/Pack

039-307-20

MRF17-SBE-I

1.75

Ivory

10/Pack

039-285-20

MRF17-SBE-W

1.75

White

10/Pack

039-306-20

MRF17-SBE-LW

1.75

Office White

10/Pack

649-051-22

SLACK BOX ENTRY FITTING
Stock ID

Features & Benefits

• Used To Store Fiber Optic Cable
• Bend Radius Protection Spools
• Covers Have Knockouts For MRM, MRC And Single Fiber Raceway

MRS-3TB

MRS-6TB

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

UOM

10-9433

MRS-3TB-LW Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts

3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19”

Linen White

Each

10-9434

MRS-3TB-IV Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts

3.95” x 3.95” x 1.19”

Ivory

Each

020-026-10

MRS-6TB-LW Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts

5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00”

Linen White

Each

020-026-11

MRS-6TB-IV Slack Storage Box w/Knockouts

5.00” x 5.00” x 2.00”

Ivory

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

168

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Multilink Raceway Cross Reference Chart
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant
Multilink

Description

Panduit Part#

Wiremold Part#

Tyton Part#

Dek Part#

MRM17

1.75" Raceway 6' L

LD10

2900

TSR3-6A

042-LD00

MRF17-JC

1.75" Seam or Joint Cover

CF10

2906

TSR3-14

042-0015

MRF17-TRT (includes base & cover)

1.75" Tee Fitting

TFC10

2915

TSR3-21-1

042-0021

MRF17-FER (includes base & cover)

1.75" Elbow Fitting

RAFC10

2911

TSR3-25-1

042-0025

MRF17-OCR (includes base & cover)

1.75" Outside Corner

OCFX10

2918

TSR3-29-1

042-0029

MRF17-ICR (includes base & cover)

1.75" Inside Corner

ICFC10

2917

TSR3-33-1

042-0033

MRF17-EC

1.75" End Cap

ECF10

2910B

TSR3-36

042-0036

MRF17-R7

1.75" - 1.25" Reducer

RF10X5

2989A

TSR1-12

042-0036H

MRF17-CE

1.75" Ceiling Drop

DCF10

2986

TSR3-50

042-0050

MRM12

1.25" Raceway 6' L

LD5

2800

TSR2-6A

N/A

MRF12-JC

1.25" Seam or Joint Cover

CF5

2806

TSR2-14

N/A

MRF12-TRT (includes base & cover)

1.25" Tee Fitting

TFC5

2815

TSR2-21-1

N/A

MRF12-FER (includes base & cover)

1.25" Elbow Fitting

RAFC5

2811

TSR2-25-1

N/A

MRF12-OCR (includes base & cover)

1.25" Outside Corner

OCFX5

2818

TSR2-29-1

N/A

MRF12-ICR (includes base & cover)

1.25" Inside Corner

ICFC5

2817

TSR2-33-1

N/A

MRF12-EC

1.25" End Cap

ECF5

2810B

TSR2-36

N/A

MRF12-R7

1.75" - .75" Reducer

RF10X3

2879A

TSR2-12

N/A

MRF12-CE

1.25" Ceiling Drop

DCF10

2886

TSR3-50

N/A

MRM75

.75" Raceway 6' L

LD3

2700

TSR1-6A

043-LD00

MRF75-JC

.75" Seam or Joint Cover

CF3

2706

TSR1-14

043-0015

MRF75-TRT (includes base & cover)

.75" Tee Fitting

TFC3

2715

TSR1-21-1

043-0021

MRF75-FER (includes base & cover)

.75" Elbow Fitting

RAFC3

2711

TSR1-25-1

043-0025

MRF75-OCR (includes base & cover)

.75" Outside Corner

OCFX3

2718

TSR1-29-1

043-0029

MRF75-ICR (includes base & cover)

.75" Inside Corner

ICFC3

2717

TSR1-33-1

043-0033

MRF75-EC

.75" End Cap

ECF3

2710B

TSR1-36

043-0036

MRF75-R7

1.25" - 3/4" Reducer

RF5X3

-

TSR3-12

-

MRF75-CE

.75" Ceiling Drop

DCF13

2786

TSR1-50

043-0050

Power Raceway Systems
MRM400 (includes base and cover)

4" Multichannel 8' L

T70B

5400TB

MCRX-B8

N/A

MRM400-C

Cover for 4" Raceway

T70C

54000C

MCRX-C

N/A

MRM400-D

Divider for 4" Raceway

T70D

N/A

MCRW-SD

N/A

MRF400-DB

Data Box for 4" Raceway

T70DB

CM-EPLA

MCRX-CDB

N/A

MRF400-PB

Power Box for 4" Raceway

T70HB

5450-T

MCRX-EDB

N/A

MRF400-FER

Flat Elbow for 4" Raceway

T70RA

5411FO

MCRX-FE

N/A

MRF400-ICR

Inside Corner 4" Raceway

T70IC

5417FO

MCRX-IE

N/A

MRF400-EC

End Cap for 4" Raceway

T70EC

5410

MCRX-EC

N/A

MRF400-OCR

Outside Corner 4" Raceway

T70OCR

5418FO

MCRX-EE

N/A

MRF400-TBT

Transition Box 4" Raceway

T70T

5415FO

MCRX-TF

N/A

MRF400-WR

Wire Retainer 4" Raceway

T70WR

5400TWC

MCRG-WR

N/A

MRF400-JC

Joint Cover 4" Raceway

T70BC

5406A

MCRX-BS

N/A

Not Needed

Base Splice Cover

T70CC

5406T

MCRX-CS

N/A

Call Customer Service if the style you are interested in is not listed
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

169

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

MRM Series Raceway Fill Chart
MRM 75

MRM12

MRM17

Wire Type

Size

Diameter

40%

MAX

40%

MAX

40%

MAX

Coax

RG6/U

0.27

1

2

4

8

9

16

Twisted Pair

RG59/U

0.242

1

2

5

10

12

20

RG62/U

0.242

1

2

5

10

12

20

RG58/U

0.193

3

5

9

15

18

30

2 pr

0.14

5

10

17

30

35

60

24 AWG

3 pr

0.15

4

8

15

25

31

50

Unshielded

4 pr 5E

0.217

2

4

7

12

14

25

4 pr 6

0.24

1

2

5

10

12

20

25 pr

0.41

0

1

2

4

4

7

Fiber Optic

2 strand

0.175

3

6

11

18

23

36

FA Jacket

4 strand

0.185

3

5

10

16

20

32

OFNP

6 strand

0.21

2

4

7

12

15

25

Electrical

14 AWG

0.105

12AWG

0.122

10AWG

0.153

7

10

14

5

8

11

3

5

6

40% - Column follows the guidelines of EIA/TIA for cable fill allowing for additions after install
MAX - Marketing recommended maximum fill based on bend radius and internal cabling area
Note - UL material used in MRM series raceway manufacturing
Product not currently UL listed

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

170

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Multichannel 4”

Features

• Large Capacity Raceway
• Route Power and Communications Cabling Simultaneously
• Aesthetically Pleasing Design
• Meets TIA Minimum Requirements for Bend Radius
•
UL Listed

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

171

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Multichannel 4”
Power & Data Installation
Features and Benefits

• Large Capacity Raceway
• Route Power and Communications Cabling Simultaneously
• Aesthetically Pleasing Design
• Meets TIA Minimum Requirements for Bend Radius
• Power Rated to 600V (UL)
Data Installation

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Power Installation

172

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Multichannel 4”

6 different modular designs allow for greater flexibility in one raceway system
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

Fully Cusomizable Divider Placement

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

173

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Multichannel 4”

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

MOLDING

Base & Cover
Sold Together

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999300

MRM400-IV-T

4” Multichannel UL Listed Power
Raceway Base And Cover Included

4.051” W x 1.75” H x 8’ L

64’/Ctn

999301

MRM400-WH-T

4” Multichannel UL Listed Power
Raceway Base And Cover Included

4.051” W x 1.75” H x 8’ L

64’/Ctn

999302

MRM400-OW-T

4” Multichannel UL Listed Power
Raceway Base And Cover Included

4.051” W x 1.75” H x 8’ L

64’/Ctn

UNIVERSAL DIVIDER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999309

MRM400-D-IV

4” Universal Divider For
4” Multichannel Raceway

1.55” H x 8’ L

64’/Ctn

999314

MRM400-D-WH

4” Universal Divider For
4” Multichannel Raceway

1.55” H x 8’ L

64’/Ctn

WIRE RETAINER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999306

MRF400-WR-IV

Wire Retainer For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999307

MRF400-WR-WH

Wire Retainer For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

JOINT COVER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999310

MRF400-JC-IV

Joint Cover / Seam Cover For 4”
Multichannel Raceway

4”

Each

999311

MRF400-JC-WH

Joint Cover / Seam Cover For 4”
Multichannel Raceway

4”

Each

999312

MRF400-JC-OW

Joint Cover / Seam Cover For 4”
Multichannel Raceway

4”

Each

TRANSITION BOX
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999320

MRF400-TBT-IV

Transition Box For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999321

MRF400-TBT-WH

Transition Box For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999322

MRF400-TBT-OW

Transition Box For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

174

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Multichannel 4”

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

DATA BOX
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999330

MRF400-DB-IV

Data Box For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4” L x 2” W x .75” D

Each

999331

MRF400-DB-WH

Data Box For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4” L x 2” W x .75” D

Each

POWER BOX
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999340

MRF400-PB-IV

Power Box For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4” L x 2” W x 1.375” D

Each

999341

MRF400-PB-WH

Power Box For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4” L x 2” W x 1.375” D

Each

FLAT ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999350

MRF400-FER-IV

Flat Elbow For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999351

MRF400-FER-WH

Flat Elbow For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999352

MRF400-FER-OW

Flat Elbow For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

OUTSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999360

MRF400-OCR-IV

Outside Corner For 4”
Multichannel Raceway

4”

Each

999361

MRF400-OCR-WH

Outside Corner For 4”
Multichannel Raceway

4”

Each

999362

MRF400-OCR-OW

Outside Corner For 4”
Multichannel Raceway

4”

Each

INSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999370

MRF400-ICR-IV

Inside Corner For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999371

MRF400-ICR-WH

Inside Corner For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999372

MRF400-ICR-OW

Inside Corner For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

999380

MRF400-EC-IV

End Cap For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999381

MRF400-EC-WH

End Cap For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

999382

MRF400-EC-OW

End Cap For 4” Multichannel
Raceway

4”

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

175

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Non-Metallic Architectural Flat Wave Hinged Molding

MOLDING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

21367

84180-HM-2-BE

Flat Wave Hinge Molding

2” x 1.25” x 8’

144’ / Ctn

21366

84180-HM-2-WH

Flat Wave Hinge Molding

2” x 1.25” x 8’

144’ / Ctn

INSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

26307

84186-IEHM-BE

Inside Elbow Fitting

2”

Each

26306

84186-IEHM-WH

Inside Elbow Fitting

2”

Each

OUTSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

26317

84187-OEHM-BE

Outside Elbow Fitting

2”

Each

26316

84187-OEHM-WH

Outside Elbow Fitting

2”

Each

Description

Dimensions

UOM

END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

26337

84183-ECH-BE

End Cap Fitting

2”

Each

26336

84183-ECH-WH

End Cap Fitting

2”

Each

FLAT ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

26327

84184-FEHM-BE

Flat Elbow Fitting

2”

Each

26326

84184-FEHM-WH

Flat Elbow Fitting

2”

Each

Standard Colors are Beige and White

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

176

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Ultra High Security Locking Molding

2-Piece Lock Molding

3” bend radius meets coax drop cable return path bend radius standards
MOLDING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

27032

MRL10-EX

Lock Molding Top/Bottom Exterior Grade

.75” W x .8125” H x 8’ L

360’/Ctn

27030

MRL20-EX

Lock Molding Top/Bottom Exterior Grade

2” W x .36” H x 8’ L

160’/Ctn

INSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

27097

MRF34-ICR-EX

Inside Corner Fitting

.75”

Each

27082

MRF25-IC-EX

Inside Corner Fitting

2”

Each

OUTSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

27095K

MRF34-OCR-EX

Outside Corner Fitting (Cover and Base Included)

.75”

Each

27084

MRF25-OC-EX

Outside Corner Fitting

2”

Each

27085

MRF25-OR-EX

Outside Radius Fitting

2”

Each

Description

Dimensions

UOM

FLAT ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

27099K

MRF34-FER-EX

Flat Elbow Fitting (Cover and Base Included)

.75”

Each

27080K

MRF25-FER-EX

Flat Elbow Fitting (Cover and Base Included)

2”

Each

SEAM COVER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

27091

MRF34-SC-EX

Seam Cover Fitting

.75”

Each

27087

MRF25-SC-EX

Seam Cover Fitting

2”

Each

END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

27103

MRF34-EC-EX

End Cap Fitting

.75”

Each

27031

MRF25-EC-EX

End Cap Fitting

2”

Each

WALL ENTRY
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

27092

MRF34-WE-EX

Wall Entry

.75”

Each

27093

MRF25-WE-EX

Wall Entry

2”

Each

Description

Dimensions

UOM

T-FITTING
Stock ID

Part #

27010

MRF34-T-EX

T-Fitting

.75”

Each

27011

MRF34-TR-EX

T-Radius Fitting

.75”

Each

27088

MRF25-T-EX

T-Fitting

2”

Each

REDUCER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

27086

MRF25-R3-EX

Reducer Fitting

2” to .75”

Each

Standard Color is Ivory
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

177

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Flat Box Molding

Flat Box is a two piece molding with a snap-on cover that is easy to re-enter
The special V-shaped grooves in the cover allow for a tighter, more secure fit to the base
MOLDING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Dimensions

Color

UOM

23217

84140-FBMH-BE

Flat Box Molding

2” W x .75” H x 8’ L

Beige

192’/Ctn

23216

84140-FBMH-WH

Flat Box Molding

2” W x .75” H x 8’ L

White

192’/Ctn

23237

84180-FBMH-BE

Flat Box Molding

2” W x .1.25” H x 8’ L

Beige

144’/Ctn

23235

84180-FBMH-WH

Flat Box Molding

2” W x .1.25” H x 8’ L

White

144’/Ctn

23267

84200-FBMH-BE

Flat Box Molding

2” W x 2” H x 8’ L

Beige

64’ / Ctn

23266

84200-FBMH-WH

Flat Box Molding

2” W x 2” H x 8’ L

White

64’ / Ctn

25974

84242-FBMH-BE

Flat Box Molding

2.125” W x 2.25” H x 8’ L

Beige

64’ / Ctn

25973

84242-FBMH-WH

Flat Box Molding

2.125” W x 2.25” H x 8’ L

White

64’ / Ctn

Part #

Description

Dimensions

FLAT ELBOW
Stock ID

UOM

28217

84144-FE/FBM-BE

Flat Elbow

2” x .75”

Beige

Each

28220

84144-FE/FBM-WH

Flat Elbow

2” x .75”

White

Each

28249

84184-FE/FBM-BE

Flat Elbow

2” x 1.25”

Beige

Each

28245

84184-FE/FBM-WH

Flat Elbow

2” x 1.25”

White

Each

28277

84204-FE/FBM-BE

Flat Elbow

2” x 2”

Beige

Each

28279

84204-FE/FBM-WH

Flat Elbow

2” x 2”

White

Each

Description

Dimensions

INSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

UOM

28017

84146-IE/FBM-BE

Inside Elbow

2” x .75”

Beige

Each

28023

84146-IE/FBM-WH

Inside Elbow

2” x .75”

White

Each

28037

84186-IE/FBM-BE

Inside Elbow

2” x 1.25”

Beige

Each

28036

84186-IE/FBM-WH

Inside Elbow

2” x 1.25”

White

Each

28067

84206-IE/FBM-BE

Inside Elbow

2” x 2”

Beige

Each

28066

84206-IE/FBM-WH

Inside Elbow

2” x 2”

White

Each

039-408-10

84242-FBMH-IC-BE

Inside Elbow

2.125” x 2.25”

Beige

Each

10-6072

84242-FBMH-IC-WH

Inside Elbow

2.125” x 2.25”

White

Each

Part #

Description

Dimensions

28117

84147-OE/FBM-BE

Outside Elbow

2” x .75”

Beige

Each

28121

84147-OE/FBM-WH

Outside Elbow

2” x .75”

White

Each

28137

84187-OE/FBM-BE

Outside Elbow

2” x 1.25”

Beige

Each

28136

84187-OE/FBM-WH

Outside Elbow

2” x 1.25”

White

Each

OUTSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

UOM

28167

84207-OE/FBM-BE

Outside Elbow

2” x 2”

Beige

Each

28166

84207-OE/FBM-WH

Outside Elbow

2” x 2”

White

Each

039-409-10

84242-FBMH-OC-BE

Outside Elbow

2.125” x 2.25”

Beige

Each

10-6073

84242-FBMH-OC-WH

Outside Elbow

2.125” x 2.25”

White

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

178

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Self Adhesive Single Fiber Molding
3mm Fiber Only

C
D

A

B

MOLDING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

A

10-9405

FDM3AB-IV

Single Fiber Drop Molding

Ivory

600/Feet

A

10-9404

FDM3AB-LW

Single Fiber Drop Molding

Linen White

600/Feet

OUTSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

B

10-9409

FDF3-OCR-IV

OC & Radius for Single Fiber Drop Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

B

10-9408

FDF3-OCR-LW

OC & Radius for Single Fiber Drop Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

Not Sold Separately

INSIDE CORNER
Stock ID
C

10-9407

FDF3-ICR-IV

IC & Molded Radius Single Fiber Drop Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

C

10-9406

FDF3-ICR-LW

IC & Molded Radius Single Fiber Drop Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

FLAT ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

D

10-9410

FDF3-FER-IV

Flat Elbow w/ Molded Radius
Single Fiber Drop Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

D

10-9411

FDF3-FER-LW

Flat Elbow w/ Molded Radius
Single Fiber Drop Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

179

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Plastic Wave Molding For Interior Use Only
6 different modular designs allow for greater flexibility in one raceway system
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant

MOLDING
Stock ID

Lance Option Available

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

21096

84125-W

Wave Molding

White

2.5” W x 8’ L

240’/Ctn

21097

84125-W

Wave Molding

Beige

2.5” W x 8’ L

240’/Ctn

21196

84125-WH

Hinged Wave Molding

White

2.5” W x 8’ L

160’/Ctn

21197

84125-WH

Hinged Wave Molding

Beige

2.5” W x 8’ L

160’/Ctn

21299

84125-WH-AB

Hinged Wave Molding w/
Adhesive Backing

Beige

2.5” W x 8’ L

160’/Ctn

21290

84130-W

Wave Molding

White

2.75” W x 8’ L

160’/Ctn

21291

84130-W

Wave Molding

Beige

2.75” W x 8’ L

160’/Ctn

039-131-10

84170-W

Wave Molding

White

3.5” W x 8’ L

64’/Ctn

21320

84170-W

Wave Molding

Beige

3.5” W x 8’ L

64’/Ctn

23208

84140-W

Wave Molding

White

4” W x 8’ L

96’/Ctn

23209

84140-W

Wave Molding

Beige

4” W x 8’ L

96’/Ctn

INSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

26006

84125-IEW

Inside Elbow

White

2.5”

Each

26007

84125-IEW

Inside Elbow

Beige

2.5”

Each

039-132-10

84175-IEW

Inside Elbow

White

3.5”

Each

21325

84175-IEW

Inside Elbow

Beige

3.5”

Each

21295

84130-IEWL

Inside Elbow

White

2.75”

Each

21294

84130-IEWL

Inside Elbow

Beige

2.75”

Each

OUTSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

26016

84125-OEW

Outside Elbow

White

2.5”

Each

26017

84125-OEW

Outside Elbow

Beige

2.5”

Each

039-133-10

84175-OEW

Outside Elbow

White

3.5”

Each

21330

84175-OEW

Outside Elbow

Beige

3.5”

Each

21293

84130-OEWL

Outside Elbow

White

2.75”

Each

21292

84130-OEWL

Outside Elbow

Beige

2.75”

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

180

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Architectural Plastic Wave Molding For Interior Use Only
6 different modular designs allow for greater flexibility in one raceway system
Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant
LEFT END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

039-477-10

84125-CW

Left End Cap

White

2.5”

Each

039-478-10

84125-CW

Left End Cap

Beige

2.5”

Each

039-461-10

84175-CW

Left End Cap

White

3.5”

Each

039-469-10

84175-CW

Left End Cap

Beige

3.5”

Each

RIGHT END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

26036

84125-CW

Right End Cap

White

2.5”

Each

26037

84125-CW

Right End Cap

Beige

2.5”

Each

039-134-10

84175-CW

Right End Cap

White

3.5”

Each

039-196-10

84175-CW

Right End Cap

Beige

3.5”

Each

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

99687K

MCF27-T-W

T-Fitting

White

2.5”

10 / Pack

99686K

MCF27-T-BE

T-Fitting

Beige

2.5”

10 / Pack

T-FITTING

Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for fittings)
Call Customer Service for more information

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

181

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Cove Molding

Category 5, 5E and 6 1” Bend Radius Compliant
MOLDING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

22678

84108-VM

Cove Molding

White

2.0625” x 8’

320’/Ctn

22677

84108-VM

Cove Molding

Beige

2.0625” x 8’

320’/Ctn

22696

84125-VM

Cove Molding

White

2.75” x 8’

240’/ Ctn

22697

84125-VM

Cove Molding

Beige

2.75” x 8’

240’/ Ctn

039-541-10

84125-VM

Cove Molding

Linen White

2.75” x 8’

240’/ Ctn

Lance Option Available

INSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

28079

84106-IEVL

Inside Elbow

White

2.0625”

Each

28077

84106-IEVL

Inside Elbow

Beige

2.0625”

Each

28088

84125-IEVL

Inside Elbow

White

2.75”

Each

28087

84125-IEVL

Inside Elbow

Beige

2.75”

Each

039-542-10

84125-IEVL

Inside Elbow

Linen White

2.75”

Each

OUTSIDE ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

28179

84107-OEVL

Outside Elbow

White

2.0625”

Each

28177

84107-OEVL

Outside Elbow

Beige

2.0625”

Each

28189

84125-OEVL

Outside Elbow

White

2.75”

Each

28187

84125-OEVL

Outside Elbow

Beige

2.75”

Each

039-543-10

84125-OEVL

Outside Elbow

Linen White

2.75”

Each

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

END CAP
Stock ID
28389

84108-CV

End Cap Left

White

2.0625” x 8”

Each

28388

84108-CV

End Cap Left

Beige

2.0625” x 8”

Each

039-463-10

84108-CV

End Cap Right

White

2.0625” x 8”

Each

039-462-10

84108-CV

End Cap Right

Beige

2.0625” x 8”

Each

28398

84125-CV

End Cap Left

White

2.75 ” x 8”

Each

28397

84125-CV

End Cap Left

Beige

2.75 ” x 8”

Each

039-544-10

84125-CV

End Cap Left

Linen White

2.75 ” x 8”

Each

039-473-10

84125-CV

End Cap Right

White

2.75 ” x 8”

Each

039-472-10

84125-CV

End Cap Right

Beige

2.75 ” x 8”

Each

039-545-10

84125-CV

End Cap Right

Linen White

2.75 ” x 8”

Each

2 PIECE FINGER DROP SPLICE
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

Dimensions

UOM

28295

84020-FDS-WH

2 Piece Finger Drop Splice

White

.5” x 8”

Each

28298

84020-FDS-BE

2 Piece Finger Drop Splice

Beige

.5” x 8”

Each

Custom colors available on molding for a minimum run of 3,000 FT (500 pieces for fittings)
Call Customer Service for more information
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

182

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Overlay Molding
F

A

D

B

E

C
G

Overlay Molding was designed to be installed over an existing provider’s molding system. It is a two piece design,
which allows for access to the first molding system without disconnecting any cables. The cover of the overlay simply
snaps onto the base which is mounted below the existing molding and “covers up” the existing molding and the new
base. The base of the Overlay Molding has a smooth co-extruded flexible cable keeper which won’t damage any
cables during installation or removal. The corner pieces include bend radius protectors to maintain the minimum
bend radius of 1”.
3.33
3.33
TM

TM

2.63

4.50

2.63

4.50
1.63

1.69

.79

1.63

.79

1.69

1.00

Patent In Process

1.00

BASE DETAILSBASE DETAILS

MOLDING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

MRW15
MRW15

Color

UOM

A

10-9387

MRW-15-IV

Overlay Molding/Open Crown 1.5” x .75” for MDU

Ivory

80’/Ctn

A

10-9386

MRW-15-LW

Overlay Molding/Open Crown 1.5” x .75” for MDU

Linen White

80’/Ctn

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

183

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Overlay Molding

TM

LEFT END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

B

10-9379

MRW15-EC-L-IV

Left End Cap for Overlay Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

B

10-9378

MRW15-EC-L-LW

Left End Cap for Overlay Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

SEAM COVER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

C

10-9376

MRW15-SC-IV

Seam Cover for Overlay Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

C

10-9375

MRW15-SC-LW

Seam Cover for Overlay Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

COVER DROP “T”
Stock ID
D

10-9383

MRW15-DTRB-IV

Cover Drop “T” and Radius for Overlay Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

D

10-9382

MRW15-DTRB-LW

Cover Drop “T” and Radius for Overlay Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Description

Color

UOM

Radius Not Sold Separately

OUTSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

E

10-9391

MRW15-OWCR-IV

Outside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

E

10-9390

MRW15-OWCR-LW

Outside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Radius Not Sold Separately

INSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

F

10-9389

MRW15-IER-IV

Inside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

F

10-9388

MRW15-IER-LW

Inside Corner & Radius for Overlay Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Description

Color

UOM

Radius Not Sold Separately

RIGHT END CAP
Stock ID

Part #

G

10-9380

MRW15-EC-R-IV

Right End Cap for Overlay Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

G

10-9381

MRW15-EC-R-LW

Right End Cap for Overlay Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

184

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Quarter Round Molding

D

B

A

C

F

E

Multilink’s ¼-Round raceway system was designed to house cabling where the wall meets the floor, and can also be
where the wall meets the ceiling. The cover is hinged, and the accessory pieces snap over the outside of the raceway for
ease of installation. The molding transitions to Multilink’s standard MRM-75 latch duct and square moldings by use of
the “T” fitting.
1.03

1.03

MOLDING
A

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

039-187-21

MRQH14-IV

1/4 Round Hinged

Ivory

320’/ctn

A

039-187-22

MRQH14-W

1/4 Round Hinged

White

320’/ctn

A

039-187-20

MRQH14-LW

1/4 Round Hinged

Linen White

320’/ctn

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

185

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Quarter Round Molding
LEFT ENDCAP
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

B

039-219-21

MRQH14-LEC-IV

Left End Cap 1/4 Round

Ivory

10/Pack

B

039-219-22

MRQH14-LEC-W

Left End Cap 1/4 Round

White

10/Pack

B

039-219-20

MRQH14-LEC-LW

Left End Cap 1/4 Round

Linen White

10/Pack

RIGHT ENDCAP
C

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

039-218-21

MRQH14-REC-IV

Right End Cap 1/4 Round

Ivory

10/Pack

C

039-218-22

MRQH14-REC-W

Right End Cap 1/4 Round

White

10/Pack

C

039-218-20

MRQH14-REC-LW

Right End Cap 1/4 Round

Linen White

10/Pack

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

INSIDE CORNER
Stock ID
D

039-215-21

MRQH14-IE-IV

Inside Elbow 1/4 Round

Ivory

10/Pack

D

039-215-22

MRQH14-IE-W

Inside Elbow 1/4 Round

White

10/Pack

D

039-215-20

MRQH14-IE-LW

Inside Elbow 1/4 Round

Linen White

10/Pack

OUTSIDE CORNER
E

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

039-216-21

MRQH14-OE-IV

Outside Elbow 1/4 Round

Ivory

10/Pack

E

039-216-22

MRQH14-OE-W

Outside Elbow 1/4 Round

White

10/Pack

E

039-216-20

MRQH14-OE-LW

Outside Elbow 1/4 Round

Linen White

10/Pack

T-FITTING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

F

039-217-21

MRQH14-T-IV

Drop T 1/4 Round

Ivory

10/Pack

F

039-217-22

MRQH14-T-W

Drop T 1/4 Round

White

10/Pack

F

039-217-20

MRQH14-T-LW

Drop T 1/4 Round

Linen White

10/Pack

SEAM COVER

Not Shown

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

039-214-21

MRQH14-SC-IV

Seam Cover 1/4 Round

Ivory

10/Pack

039-214-22

MRQH14-SC-W

Seam Cover 1/4 Round

White

10/Pack

039-214-20

MRQH14-SC-LW

Seam Cover 1/4 Round

Linen White

10/Pack

186

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Hinged Overlay Molding
B

A

D

F

G

E

C

Overlay Molding was designed to be installed over an existing provider’s molding system. It is a two piece design,
which allows for access to the first molding system without disconnecting any cables. The cover of the overlay simply
snaps onto the base which is mounted below the existing molding and “covers up” the existing molding and the new
base. The base of the Overlay Molding has a smooth co-extruded flexible cable keeper which won’t damage any
cables during installation or removal. The corner pieces include bend radius protectors to maintain the minimum bend
radius of 1”. Cover is hinged for ease of acess and mounting.
TM

TM

2.85”

4.86”

OPEN
CONFIGURATION

CLOSED
CONFIGURATION

MOLDING
A

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

649-065-11

MRWH15-IV

Hinged Cover Molding

Ivory

80’/ctn

A

649-065-12

MRWH15-W

Hinged Cover Molding

White

80’/ctn

A

649-065-10

MRWH15-LW

Hinged Cover Molding

Linen White

80’/ctn

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

187

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Hinged Overlay Molding
Left End Cap
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

B

649-053-21

MRWH15-EC-L-IV

Left End Cap Hinged Cover Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

B

649-053-22

MRWH15-EC-L-W

Left End Cap Hinged Cover Molding

White

10/Pack

B

649-053-20

MRWH15-EC-L-LW

Left End Cap Hinged Cover Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Right End Cap
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

C

649-054-21

MRWH15-EC-R-IV

Right End Cap Hinged Cover Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

C

649-054-22

MRWH15-EC-R-W

Right End Cap Hinged Cover Molding

White

10/Pack

C

649-054-20

MRWH15-EC-R-LW

Right End Cap Hinged Cover Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

Inside Corner w/Bend Radius
Stock ID
D

039-405-11

MRWH15-ICR-IV

Inside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

D

039-405-12

MRWH15-ICR-W

Inside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

White

10/Pack

D

039-405-10

MRWH15-ICR-LW

Inside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Outside Corner w/Bend Radius
E

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

039-404-11

MRWH15-OCR-IV

Outside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

Ivory

10 Pack

E

039-404-12

MRWH15-OCR-W

Outside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

White

10 Pack

E

039-404-10

MRWH15-OCR-LW

Outside Corner & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

Linen White

10 Pack

T-Fitting w/Bend Radius
F

Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

039-406-11

MRWH15-TRT-IV

T-Fitting & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

F

039-406-12

MRWH15-TRT-W

T-Fitting & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

White

10/Pack

F

039-406-10

MRWH15-TRT-LW

T-Fitting & Radius Hinged Cover Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Seam Cover
Stock ID

Part #

Description

Color

UOM

G

649-060-21

MRWH15-SC-IV

Seam Cover Hinged Cover Molding

Ivory

10/Pack

G

649-060-22

MRWH15-SC-W

Seam Cover Hinged Cover Molding

White

10/Pack

G

649-060-20

MRWH15-SC-LW

Seam Cover Hinged Cover Molding

Linen White

10/Pack

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

188

440.366.6966

4

Raceway Solutions

Square Plastic Molding Exterior Grade

B
D

A

F

C
E

1.06

.78

.50

1.90

1.36

MRC17

MRC12

Square Plastic Molding
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

A

10-9465

MRC12-E-IV

Sq. Plastic Molding w/ Non-Adhesive Backing Exterior Grade

160/Feet

A

10-9423

MRC17-E-IV

Sq. Plastic Molding w/ Non-Adhesive Backing Exterior Grade

160/Feet

T-FITTING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

B

10-9731

MRF12-TRT-E-IV

T-Fitting & Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

B

10-9734

MRF17-TRT-E-IV

T-Fitting & Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

OUTSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

C

10-9417

MRF12-OCR-E-IV

Outside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

C

10-9427

MRF17-OCR-E-IV

Outside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

INSIDE CORNER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

D

10-9415

MRF12-ICR-E-IV

Inside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

D

10-9425

MRF17-ICR-E-IV

Inside Corner and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

189

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Square Plastic Molding Exterior Grade
FLAT ELBOW
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

E

10-9419

E

10-9429

MRF12-FER-E-IV

Flat Elbow and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

MRF17-FER-E-IV

Flat Elbow and Radius for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

F

10-9729

MRF12-EC-E-IV

End Cap for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

F

10-9730

MRF17-EC-E-IV

End Cap for Sq. Plastic Exterior Grade

10/Pack

Not Sold Separately

END CAP

SEAM COVER
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

-

10-9421

MRF12-JC-E-IV

Seam Cover for Sq. Plastic Exterior

10/Pack

-

10-9431

MRF17-JC-E-IV

Seam Cover for Sq. Plastic Exterior

10/Pack

TRANSITION FITTING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

-

649-052-20

MRF12-TF-E-IV

Transition Fitting

10/Pack

-

649-051-20

MRF17-TF-E-IV

Transition Fitting

10/Pack

SLACK BOX ENTRY FITTING
Stock ID

Part #

Description

UOM

-

039-208-20

MRF12-SBE-E-IV

Slack Box Entry Fitting

10/Pack

-

039-209-20

MRF17-SBE-E-IV

Slack Box Entry Fitting

10/Pack

Exterior Grade Material is Only Available in Exterior Ivory

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

190

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tuff Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding
Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant

C

A

C

G

E

B

F

H

D

Steel Raceway

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Std. CRT Size

UOM

84030-CMM 3/4”

20117

20119

20118

20115

224 ft

Each

A 84120-CMM 1-1/4”

20137

20139

20138

20136

224 ft

Each

A
A

84200-CMM 2”

20167

20169

20168

20171

192 ft

Each

A

84300-CMM 3”

20194

20195

20196

20197

96 ft

Each

Full Length Metal Backing
Stock ID

Description

Std. CRT Size

UOM

A

25913

84030-MBL / Full length Metal Backing for
3/4” Metal Molding

224 ft

Each

A

25933

84120-MBL / Full Length Metal Backing for
1-1/4” Metal Molding

224 ft

Each

A

25993

84200-MBL / Full Length Metal Backing for
2” Metal Molding

192 ft

Each

A

25934

84300-MBL / Full Length Metal Backing for
3” Metal Molding

96 ft

Each

5” Long Mounting Brackets

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Stock ID

Description

Std. CRT Size

UOM

A

25912

84032-MB / 3/4’ Mounting Brackets

10/Pack

Each

A

25932

84122-MB / 1 1/4 Mounting Brackets

10/Pack

Each

A

25962

84205-MB / 2” Mounting Brackets

10/Pack

Each

A

25963

84306-MB / 3” Mounting Brackets

10/Pack

Each

191

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tuff Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding
Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant
Seam Covers

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

B

84033-SCM 3/4”

25917

25919

25918

25920

10/Pack

Each

B

84122-SCM 1-1/4”

25937

25939

25938

25940

10/Pack

Each

B

84222-SCM 2”

25967

25969

25968

25961

10/Pack

Each

B

84302-SCM 3”

25009

25008

25109

25007

10/Pack

Each

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

Carton Qty.

UOM

End Cap

Stock ID

Description

C

84033-ECM 3/4”

25317

25319

25318

27332

10/Pack

Each

C

84123-ECM 1-1/4”

25337

25339

25338

27333

10/Pack

Each

C

84203-ECM 2”

25367

25369

25368

27334

10/Pack

Each

C

84303-ECM 3”

25396

25395

25394

25005

10/Pack

Each

Entry Hoof

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

H

84123-ECM2 1-1/4”

10-9311

10-9312

10-9310

10-9309

10/Pack

Each

H

84203-ECM2 2”

10-9315

10-9316

10-9314

10-9313

10/Pack

Each

Outside Corner

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

D

84037-OEM 3/4”

25117

25119

25118

27326

10/Pack

Each

D

84127-OEM 1-1/4”

25137

25139

25138

27327

10/Pack

Each

D

84207-OEM 2”

25167

25169

25168

27328

10/Pack

Each

D

84307-OEM 3”

25194

25195

25196

25002

10/Pack

Each

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

D

84127-OEM2 1-1/4”

10-9303

10-9304

10-9302

10-9301

10/Pack

Each

D

84207-OEM2 2”

10-9307

10-9308

10-9306

10-9305

10/Pack

Each

Outside Corners
w/ Bend Radius
Protection

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

White

Stock ID

192

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tuff Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding
Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant
Inside Corner

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

E

84036-IEM 3/4”

25017

25019

25018

27323

10/Pack

Each

E

84126-IEM 1-1/4”

25037

25039

25038

27324

10/Pack

Each

E

84206-IEM 2”

25067

25069

25068

27325

10/Pack

Each

E

84306-IEM 3”

25096

25095

25094

25001

10/Pack

Each

Inside Corners
w/ Bend Radius
Protection

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty

UOM

E

84126-IEM2 1-1/4”

10-9295

10-9296

10-9294

10-9293

10/Pack

Each

E

84206-IEM2 2”

10-9299

10-9300

10-9298

10-9297

10/Pack

Each

Right Angles

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

F

84034-FEMB 3/4”

25217

25219

25218

27329

10/Pack

Each

F

84124-FEMB 1-1/4”

25237

25239

25238

27330

10/Pack

Each

F

84204-FEMB 2”

25267

25269

25268

27331

10/Pack

Each

F

84304-FEMB 3”

25294

25295

25296

25003

10/Pack

Each

Right Angles
w/ Bend Radius
Protection

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty

UOM

F

84124-FEM2 1-1/4”

10-9278

10-9279

10-9277

10-9276

10/Pack

Each

F

84204-FEM2 2”

10-9286

10-9287

10-9285

10-9284

10/Pack

Each

White

Carton Qty

UOM

4-Way Fitting
Description

Stock ID
Beige

Brick Red

Brown

4WF-2 2”

038-007-22

038-007-21

038-007-24

038-007-23

10/Pack

Each

4WF-3 3”

038-005-22

038-005-21

038-005-24

038-005-23

10/Pack

Each

Not Shown On Drawing

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

193

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Steel Molding

Tuff Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding
Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant
T-Fitting

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

G

84038-TMB 3/4”

25417

25419

25418

25420

10/Pack

Each

G

84128-TMB 1-1/4”

25437

25439

25438

25440

10/Pack

Each

G

84208-TMB 2”

25467

25469

25468

25466

10/Pack

Each

G

84308-TMB 3”

25494

25495

25496

25006

10/Pack

Each

T-Fitting w/ Bend
Radius Protection

Stock ID

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

G

84128-TM2 1-1/4”

10-9282

10-9283

10-9281

10-9280

10/Pack

Each

G

84208-TM2 2”

10-9290

10-9291

10-9289

10-9288

10/Pack

Each

Description

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

White

Carton Qty.

UOM

84128- 03-T 1-1/4” - 3/4”

25540

N/A

N/A

N/A

10/Pack

Each

84208- 03-T 2” - 1-1/4”

25567

25569

25568

25566

10/Pack

Each

84308- 03-T 3” - 1-1/4”

25594

25595

25596

25593

10/Pack

Each

Beige

Brick Red

Brown

Carton Qty.

UOM

T- Reducer Fitting

Stock ID

Bell Flanges

Stock ID

Description

White

84030-JBM 3/4”

25617

25619

25618

27321

10/Pack

Each

84120-JBM 1-1/4”

25637

25639

25638

25636

10/Pack

Each

84200-JBM 2”

25667

25669

25668

27322

10/Pack

Each

84300-JBM 3”

25694

25695

25696

25004

10/Pack

Each

2” Metal Molding In-Line Spool
Stock

Description

Color

Max. Fill

UOM

038-008-22

2” In-Line Spool

Beige

24 Ft

Each

038-008-21

2” In-Line Spool

Brick Red

24 Ft

Each

038-008-24

2” In-Line Spool

Brown

24 Ft

Each

038-008-23

2” In-Line Spool

White

24 Ft

Each

3” Metal Molding In-Line Spool
Stock

Description

Color

Max. Fill

UOM

038-009-22

3” In-Line Spool

Beige

28 Ft

Each

038-009-21

3” In-Line Spool

Brick Red

28 Ft

Each

038-009-24

3” In-Line Spool

Brown

28 Ft

Each

038-009-23

3” In-Line Spool

White

28 Ft

Each

Image Altered For Clarity

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

194

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Accessories

Tuff Top Coating for Olympic Steel Molding
Category 5, 5E & 6 - 1” Bend Radius Compliant

CUTTING TOOL
Stock ID

Description

Weight Lbs.

UOM

33815

84J1251 - Cutting Tool For Steel Molding

-

Each

Stock ID

Description

Weight Lbs.

UOM

33800

84002-ET - Entry Tool for Molding

0.05

Each

ENTRY TOOL

TOUCH UP PAINT
Stock ID

Description

Weight Lbs.

UOM

12715

Brown Touch Up Paint

0.70

Each

12720

Beige Touch Up Paint

0.70

Each

12717

Brick Red Touch Up Paint

0.70

Each

12718

White Touch Up Paint

0.70

Each

Multilink Plastic Flush Wall Entry Plug
With Built-In Bend Radius System
Single Feed Thru Bushing

• Designed to meet the special requirements of the telecommunications
industry

• It provides unequaled holding power in less-than-perfect holes through many
kinds of construction materials, including masonry walls

• Each bushing has multiple reverse barbs which flex to fill the hole and secure
themselves to prevent easy pull-out after insertion
Stock ID

Description

UOM

10-6052

Single Feed-thru Bushing For RG-6 Black

Each

649-022-12

Fiber Plug 3mm

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

195

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Surface Mount Junction Boxes & Face Plates

A

B
Figure

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Wt. Lbs.

UOM

A

99580K

MJB-1-I Ivory Single Gang Surface Mount Box

3.25” x 5” x 2”

0.20

Each

-

99581K

MJB-1-WH White Single Gang Surface Mount Box

3.25” x 5” x 2”

0.20

Each

-

99584K

MJB-1-OW Office White Single Gang Surface Mount Box

3.25” x 5” x 2”

0.20

Each

B

99582K

MJB-2-I Ivory Double Gang Surface Mount Box

5” x 5.25” x 2”

0.20

Each

-

99583K

MJB-2-WH White Double Gang Surface Mount Box

5” x 5.25” x 2”

0.20

Each

-

99585K

MJB-2-OW Office White Double Gang Surface Mount Box

5” x 5.25” x 2”

0.20

Each

C

D

E

This 2-piece wall plate box offers
4 knockout entry holes which
are ideal for a 4-way junction
box. The 2-piece wall box can
easily be mounted to an uneven
surface.

This wall plate box with a back
has the same features as the
84421-SWB along with a full
backing and a 2 stage knockout
with 1/2” ID and 1” OD. Also
four mounting holes and two
knockouts on each side.

Installing directional taps and
passive equipment on hard
concrete walls or areas where
there are no outlet holes can be
a problem without the use of a
junction box.

2 Piece Wall Plate Box

Wall Plate Box/Junction Box With Full Backing

Figure

Stock ID

Part #

Color

Dimensions

UOM

Figure

Stock ID

Part #

Color

Dimensions

UOM

C

33407

84512-SWB

Beige

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

D

33417

84430-SWB

Beige

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

C

33408

84512-SWB

Brown

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

D

33418

84430-SWB

Brown

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

C

33409

84512-SWB

White

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

D

33416

84430-SWB

White

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

Wall Plate Box/Junction Box
Figure

Stock ID

Part #

Color

Dimensions

UOM

E

33427

84421-SWB

Beige

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

E

33428

84421-SWB

Brown

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

E

33429

84421-SWB

White

4.5” x 2.5” x 1”

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

196

440.366.6966

Raceway Solutions

Accessories

B

A

C

Figure

Part #

Stock ID

Color

Description

UOM

A

WP-2SP-WH

33694K

White

Protruding Wall Plate W/ Dual Knockouts

Each

A

WP-2SP-IV

33695K

Ivory

Protruding Wall Plate W/ Dual Knockouts

Each

B

WP-1SR-WH

33710K

White

Recessed Wall Plate

Each

B

WP-1SR-IV

33709K

Ivory

Recessed Wall Plate

Each

C

SWWICT

33587K

Ivory

Protruding Wall Plate For Mode Jack And F81

Each

C

SWWWCT

33588K

White

Protruding Wall Plate For Mode Jack And F81

Each

D

E

Figure

Part #

Description

UOM

D
E

33700

MP1 Wall Plate Mounting Bracket

100 / Box

33702

MPLS Wall Plate Mounting Bracket

100 / Box

Fiber Optic Exterior Slack Storage Box

FILL CHART
Bend Radius

Cable Type

EIA/TIA 40%

Maximum Fill

1.263 Inches

3mm Fiber Optic Cable

5.2 1.58 M

13’ 3.9 MRT

1.211 Inches

3mm Fiber Optic Cable

4.4 1.34 M

11’ 3.52 MRT

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Color

Std. CRT Size

UOM

020-004-23

Slack Box, Exterior with 3, 1” holes

4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D

Ivory

1

Each

020-004-24

Slack Box, Exterior without holes

4.8 L x 4.8 W x 2.2 D

Ivory

1

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

197

440.366.6966

Tools and Accessories

Digital Converter Totes
• Transport made easy
• Protect your hardware while improving your image and organization

Rolling Digital
Converter Tote

Techbag Tote

CPE Protective Sleeves
When transporting converters,
protection is now made easy

Converter Bags For CSR’s
When receiving converters back,
the bags snuff out insects

Digital
Converter Tote

Shoe Covers
Keeps carpet clean and bills down
ONE SIZE FITS ALL

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

198

440.366.6966

Tools and Accessories

Portable Converter Totes Transport Made Easy
Not only holds and protects DVR and Converters, but also holds VOIP installation cables,
high speed modems and other hardware and accessories

(3) Adjustable
Padded Sections

Retractable
Handle
44” Extended
21” Retracted

(1) Top and
(2) Side Handles
Double
Zipper

Custom Logos
Available

20”

Inside Velcro
Pocket

Rolling Digital Converter Tote
Information
Window

17”

Stock ID 10-9440
Description Rolling Digital Converter Tote, Padded
Dimensions Outside: 23” W x 20” H x 17” D
Inside: 21” W x 16” H x 13” D
Weight Material Canvas, Padded
UOM Each

23”

The Tech Bag
Stock ID 10-8139 / Custom Logos Available
Description Techbag Tote For Transporting Converters and
Dimensions
Hardware
22” L x 8” W x 16” D
Weight 3.0 lbs.
Material Canvas, Padded
UOM Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

199

440.366.6966

Tools and Accessories

Plastic Converter Tote
Great for transporting in the warehouse and back to repair center

Plastic Cell

Converter Tote

Foam Shock
Pad

(37130 Shown)

Features & Benefits

• Lockable security
• Easy to maintain
• Washable
Part#

• Cell/inserts are replaceable
• Attached cover
• Highly durable
• Stackable

Kit Includes:

• Tote
• Shock Pad
• Cells

Description

Capacity

Dimensions

UOM

37130K

242015-B Gray Plastic Tote Kit

6 Converters

25” L x 18” W x 14.88” H

Each

37130

242015-B Gray Plastic Tote (Tote Only)

6 Converters

25” L x 18” W x 14.88” H

Each

37333

242517-P Foam Shock Pad Fits Bottom of Tote 37130

-

-

Each

37111K

221157-B Gray Plastic Tote KIt

4 Converters

19.75” L x 14.5” W x 16.88” H

Each

37111

221157-B Gray Plastic Tote (Tote Only)

4 Converters

19.75” L x 14.5” W x 16.88” H

Each

37112

218134-P Foam Shock Pad Fits Bottom of Tote 37111

-

-

Each

37113

214123-DCT Plastic Cell For DCT-1000/Terminal Block

-

18.5” L x 3.0” W x 14.25” H

Each

CPE Protective Sleeve
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
Material
UOM

961-900-20
Protective Neoprene Converter Sleeve
8” x 11” x 3.5”
≈.5 lbs.
Neoprene
Each

Please contact customer service to request alternate sizes

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

200

440.366.6966

Tools and Accessories

Converter Bags & Disposable Shoe Covers

D
C
A

B

Features & Benefits

Features & Benefits

• The Disposable Shoe Covers are made of poly-latex,

• Converter Dispenser Repackaging bags are available in

quantities of 500 per easy to use dispenser box
• Each bag has space to write the date, the subscriber’s
name, address, and account number along with an area
for comments regarding the performance or condition
of the converter
• Each bag has a built-in plastic tie strip to seal the bag
and is made from a durable 2 mil. clear poly film
• Custom imprinting and/or logos are available
Please call Customer Service for details
• Reduces the roach and pest problems along with the
handling of the converters in the field and office area
• Converter disconnections, upgrades, and repair
problems are handled quickly and easily with write-on
disposable bags
• Operations run more efficiently
• Reduces scratches
• Keeps converter dust free while sitting on the shelf

no-skid material

• The Disposable Shoe cover fits a size 16 shoe and lower
(one size fits most)

• The Disposable Shoe Covers are a new and inexpensive

product from Multilink used to prevent tracking mud,
dirt, grease, etc. on the floors and carpet of subscribers
• No more angry phone calls from subscribers upset with
dirt on their floors and carpets!
• No more carpet cleaning bills from the dirty floors of
subscribers
• Improve image of the cable system as being
professional, “One who cares about work and customers!”
• Improve the productivity of the installer because he/she
doesn’t have to spend time taking his/her boots/shoes
off and on before entering the home

Figure

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

A

10-8141

CB-2026 Converter Bag

20” x 26”

500/Box

B

37911

SCJM-402-XD Work Boot & Regular Shoe Style

-

50 Pair/Box

C

37922

SCJM-402-DW High Top Boot Style

-

50 Pair/Bag

D

37933

Shoe Cover XXL Butterfly Style w/ Serged Seam

75 Pair/Bag

D

37934

Shoe Cover Universal Size w/ Serged Seam

75 Pair/Bag

D

37935

Shoe Cover XL Size w/ Serged Seam

75 Pair/Bag

Reusable Shoe Covers
Stock ID
Description
Size
Material
UOM

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

201

37936
Reusable Shoe Covers
One Size Fits Most
Heavy Duty Nylon w/ Polyurethane Sole
Pair

440.366.6966

Tools and Accessories

Cable Prep Tools
TORQUE WRENCH
Part#

Description

Dimensions

UOM

38025K

5520-TW, Torque Wrench 20 Inch/Pounds

3/8”

Each

38045K

5540-TW, Torque Wrench 45 Inch/Pounds

3/8”

Each

38020K

5520-TW, Torque Wrench 20 Inch/Pounds

7/16”

Each

38028K

5525-TW, Torque Wrench 25 Inch/Pounds

7/16”

Each

38031K

5530-TW, Torque Wrench 30 Inch/Pounds

7/16

Each

38040K

5540-TW, Torque Wrench 40 Inch/Pounds

7/16”

Each

38044K

5540-TW, Torque Wrench 40 Inch/Pounds

1/2”

Each

38023K

5520-TW, Torque Wrench 20 Inch/Pounds

9/16”

Each

38037K

5530-TW, Torque Wrench 30 Inch/Pounds

9/16”

Each

38038K

5540-TW, Torque Wrench 40 Inch/Pounds

9/16”

Each

7/16” TORQUE WRENCH

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Part#

Description

Dimensions

UOM

38946

5510-TWP, Torque Wrench 10.5” Inch/Pounds

7/16”

Each

202

440.366.6966

Tools and Accessories

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

203

440.366.6966

Power

Powering Products

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

204

440.366.6966

Power

Multilink Service Programs
Support - 24.7.365
Track Repairs Online - 24.7.365
MULTILINK INSTANT SERVICE IN A BOX
	
	
	
	
	

We are proud to announce the beginning of a revolutionary
new way of thinking about power supply service. Our Instant
Service In A Box program provides you with a replacement
Black Hawk inverter, transfer relay, and ribbon cable. When a
component goes bad simply replace it and send us the failed parts.

MULTILINK SERVICE CENTERS
	
	
	
	

We offer full warranty and non-warranty
repair services for our
power supplies and electronics by
factory-trained technicians.

MULTILINK FIELD SERVICE ENGINEERS
	
	

We are available for emergency repair
and technical service.

MULTILINK IMMEDIATE TECHNICAL SUPPORT
	
	
	

We are available at 440.366.6966. Or log onto our
web site: www.gomultilink.com, and
visit our Product Section”.

VIDEO
	

View an Installation Video.
Now you have round-the-clock
installation training for your
Power Maintenance Staff 24.7.365.
Just go to www.gomultilink.com

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

205

440.366.6966

Power

FlexPower 150 and 300
Features & Benefits
• Primary power conversion for 48-volt DC UPS
applications

• Provides equipment operating power with
simultaneous battery charging capability

• Temperature compensating charging for long
battery life and optimum standby time

• Local LCD display and remote status monitoring
and reporting

• Wide-range power input capability accepts nearly
any AC voltage/frequency combination

• Product is RoHS compliant
• NRTL compliance to UL/CSA 60950, EN 60950 and
FCC Part 15, Class B

FlexPower 150
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
UOM

The FlexPOWER power conversion modules provide
nominal 48-volt DC output using commercial AC line
as the input power source. Output DC is used to power
MDU, MTU and SBU applications while maintaining a
standby battery in a state of full charge. This product is
designed for use in the FlexPOWER Enclosure that enables
construction of larger capacity semi-customized power
systems serving telecommunications, data and video
services. Either four or eight standby batteries may be
used with this power module, providing either 7.2 or 14.4
ampere-hour standby capability.
150

017-058-20
48VDC, 150 Watt Power Module
N/A
N/A
Each

FlexPower 300
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
UOM

017-059-20
48VDC, 300 Watt Power Module
N/A
N/A
Each

300

150

Input Voltage

Input Protection

External fuse or circuit breaker
required
Replaceable metal oxide
varistors (MOVs) at input

Output Protection

Current limit and overvoltage
shutdown

90 to 265 VAC
Input Frequency
Power Factor
Output Power
Output Voltage
(nominal)

47 to 63Hz
0.9 or better at any load

Operating
Temperature

-40°F to 149°F (-40°C to 65°C)

150 VA

Storage
Temperature

-58°F to 158°F (-50°C to 70°C)

300 VA

Humidity

48 VDC (adjustable)

Voltage Adjustment
Range

9 to 16 VDC

42 to 58 VDC

Output Current
(nominal)

3.1 amp DC

6.2 amp DC

Output Ripple

300

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Alarms

Built-in LCD display for operating
parameters and alarms

Battery

Supports (4) or (8) 7.2 amp-hour
maintenance-free VRLA batteries

Output Noise
(voice band)

Less than 3mV RMS

206

0 to 95% non-condensing

Less than 90mV peak-to-peak

440.366.6966

Power

FlexPower Batteries
032-030-10
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
UOM

032-030-10
12 Volt, 7.2 amp-hour VRLA battery
5.95” x 2.54” x 3.70” (151mm x 65mm x 94mm)
5.45 lbs. (2.47 Kg)
Each

032-032-10
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
UOM

032-032-10
12 Volt, 12 amp-hour VRLA battery
5.95” x 3.86” x 3.94” (151mm x 98mm x 100mm)
8.36 lbs. (3.80 Kg)
Each

032-033-10
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
Weight
UOM

032-033-10
12 Volt, 17 amp-hour VRLA battery
7.13” x 2.99” x 6.58” (181mm x 76mm x 167mm)
14.34 lbs. (6.50 Kg)
Each

The FlexPOWER series of batteries complements the FlexPOWER product line of DC power systems and power conversion modules. These batteries are lead-acid, maintenance-free units suitable for use inside enclosures typically
applied in customer premise locations in MDU, SBU and similar applications. Batteries may be used singly in 12-volt
backup systems or in series or series-parallel arrangements in 48-volt DC systems.

Features & Benefits
• Designed for standby, float service application
• Recognized component per UL standards for standby batteries

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

207

440.366.6966

Power

EB1

Features & Benefits
• Wall mounting hardware included
• Status-At-A-Glance indicators
• High efficiency inverter operation (>90% typical)
• High efficiency line operation (93% typical)
• Preventative and self-diagnostic maintenance
features

• Optional ESM/DSM status monitoring available

• Multiple input taps with automatic selection
• Programmable LCD Display
• Superior output regulation in both Line and Inverter operation
• High efficiency Battery Boost with Synchronous Rectification (no
fans or heatsinks)

• Four individually protected outputs
• Independent programmable current limits for each output

The EB1 uninterruptable power supply features a high efficiency synchronous power processing topology where battery
voltage is boosted and regulated before driving the inverter. This provides superior power supply output regulation
across the entire battery voltage range while also improving power supply efficiency. In line power operation, an
intelligent line monitor selects one of four transformer input taps to provide the best transformer efficiency and maintain
optimum output voltage regulation to the four independently current limited outputs. The EB1 and can either be wall or
shelf mounted.

Ordering Information
Model Description

Input
Voltage V rms

Input
Frequency Hz

Output
Voltage V rms

Output
Current A

017-064-23

EB1 500-36

230

50, ±3

48/63/89

017-064-20

EB1 900-36

230

50, ±3

63/89

Stock ID

Max Output
Power VA

Battery
Voltage VDC

Approximate
Wt. lbs/kg

10/8.3/5.5

500

36

45/22.5

15/10

900

36

45/22.5

017-064-21

EB1 1350-36

230

50, ±3

48/63/89

22/22/15

1350

36

45/22.5

017-064-22

EB1 1350-48

230

50, ±3

48/63/89

22/22/15

1350

48

45/22.5

017-067-20

EB1 Node Series

120

60, ±3

60/90

6.5

600

36

TBD

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

208

440.366.6966

Power

EB1 Specifications

Electronically
Controlled Output
Current Protection
“Self Resets”

Status-At-A-Glance

LCD Display

Embedded
DOCSIS
Monitoring

Wide Input
Voltage Range

The Serial Status Monitoring Port Monitors:
	
• Output #1 - #4 current	
•
	
• Output #1 voltage		
•
	
• Input voltage			
•
	
• Input current			
•
	
• Battery string voltage		
•
	
• Individual battery voltage	
•

(optional)

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Syncronous
Battery
Boost

Individual
Battery
Monitoring

Discharge current	
Charge current
Power input
Power output
Frequency

900

1350

Vertical Mount: 20”W x 11.7”H x 9”D
Shelf Mount: 16.5”W x 8.4”H x 12.5”D

Weight
Environmental

•
•
•
•
•

Major alarm
Minor alarm		
Inverter status		
Last test status	
Tamper switch		
Test start/stop		

500
Size

Battery Circut
Breaker

65 lbs
-40 to 60°C 95% RH non-condensing

209

440.366.6966

Power

MP Plus

Features & Benefits
• True UPS Mission Critical
• No transfer, No interruption
• Universal Input
• 90V/75V/60V operation

• HMS RS485 monitoring
• LCD Display
• Temperature-compensated four-stage charger
• Battery temperature sensor

The MP Plus power supply traces its roots to services started in 1998 with its forerunner, the MP True UPS. At that time,
power supplies based on the true UPS concept constituted the largest trouble-free installations of any CATV / Broadband
network power supply in the world. The key to part of this success is the universal input that allows this particular power
supply to operate from a wide range of voltages. Consequently, line voltage spikes, sags and minor surges that occur
daily on the AC utility lines are absorbed in the input circuits of the MP Plus power supply. If a brownout, blackout or
momentary loss of AC power occurs, the transfer to the battery backup inverter is seamless with absolutely no power
anomalies being reflected to the load. Circuit topology within the MP Plus series provides a true UPS product suitable
for today’s mission-critical applications, offering the best and most reliable back-up source for services such as VoIP and
others. Standby power supplies simply cannot provide the quality of power and the ongoing reliability offered in the MP
Plus True UPS power supply.

Ordering Information
Stock ID

Model Description

Nominal Input
Voltage VAC

Input
Frequency Hz

Output
Voltage VAC

Output
Current A

Max Output
Power VA

Battery
Voltage VDC

Approximate
Wt. lbs/kg

017-040-20

MP PLUS LCD 900-120-36

120

47-63

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

36

60/27.2

017-040-21

MP PLUS LCD 900-240-36

240

47-63

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

36

60/27.2
60/27.2

017-040-22

MP PLUS LCD 900-120-48

120

47-63

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

48

017-040-23

MP PLUS LCD 900-240-48

240

47-63

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

48

60/27.2

017-038-20

MP PLUS LCD 1350-120-36

120

47-63

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

36

72/32.7

017-038-21

MP PLUS LCD 1350-240-36

240

47-63

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

36

72/32.7

017-038-22

MP PLUS LCD 1350-120-48

120

47-63

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

48

72/32.7

017-038-23

MP PLUS LCD 1350-240-48

240

47-63

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

48

72/32.7

US Patent # 5,994,793, US Patent # US 6,268,665 B1, US Patent # 6,932,443

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

210

440.366.6966

Power

MP Plus Specifications
Electronically
Controlled Output
Current Protection
“Self Resets”

Dual Outputs
Can Run 90 And 60 Volt
Plant On Each Output

Easy Access
Output Selector
No Dip Switches
To Mess With

Universal Input Offers
A Wide Range Of Input
Voltage And Frequency
Dual Heat
Sinks
LCD
Display

Standard
Battery
Connector
Circuit Breakers
No Fuses To
Replace

HMS RS485
Serial Status
Monitoring

The Serial Status Monitoring Port Monitors:
	
• Output #1 and output #2 current	
•
	
• Output #1 voltage			
•
	
• Input voltage				
•
	
• Input current				
•
	
• Battery string voltage			
•
	 					•

Major alarm	
Minor alarm
Inverter status
Last test status
Tamper switch
Test start/stop
PENDING AGENCY APPROVAL

900

1350

Size
Weight

16”W x 8.625”H x 12”D
65 lbs

72 lbs

Environmental

-40 to 60C 95% RH non condensing

Protection

I-Track electronic current limit and
output breakers battery circuit breaker

Cabinet Lights

4 pin mini mate-n-lock

Temperature Sensor

2 pin mini mate-n-lock

Test Jacks

Output voltage (TRMS)
Output current (TRMS)
Battery String Voltage

Low Battery cut off

36V System, 31.5V(1.75 VPC)
48V System, 42(1.75 VPC)

Battery Acceptance

36V System, 37VDC TYP
48V System, 49 VDC TYP

Status Monitor

HMS RS485

US Patent # 5,994,793, US Patent # US 6,268,665 B1, US Patent # 6,932,443

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

211

440.366.6966

Power

Black Hawk

Features & Benefits
• Premium Uninterruptible Power
• Direct Core Cooling
• Lower Battery Ripple
• Inverter Current Limiting

• The Original Replaceable Transfer Relay
• Status-at-a-Glance
• Conformal Coated Circuit Boards Optional
• Replaceable Inverter Module

Ordering Information
Stock ID

Model Description

Alternate
Description

Nominal Input
Voltage VAC

Input
Frequency Hz

Output
Voltage VAC

Output
Current A

Max Output
Power VA

Battery
Voltage VDC

Approximate
Weight lbs/kg

017-045-20

900-120/60-36

9010/6015

120

60

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

36

62/28.1

017-045-22

900-120/60-48

9010/6015

120

60

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

48

62/28.1

017-045-21

900-240/60-36

9010/6015

240

60

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

36

62/28.1

017-045-23

900-240/60-48

9010/6015

240

60

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

48

62/28.1

017-041-20

1350-120/60-36

9015/6022

120

60

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

36

69.5/31.5

017-041-22

1350-120/60-48

9015/6022

120

60

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

48

69.5/31.5

017-041-21

1350-240/60-36

9015/6022

240

60

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

36

69.5/31.5

017-041-23

1350-240/60-48

9015/6022

240

60

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

48

69.5/31.5

017-049-22

900-100/50-36

9010/6015

100

50

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

36

72/32.7

017-049-23

900-100/50-48

9010/6015

100

50

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

48

72/32.7

017-033-20

1350-100/50-36

9015/6022

100

50

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

36

82/37.2

017-033-22

1350-100/50-48

9015/6022

100

50

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

48

82/37.2

017-049-20

900-200/50-36

9010/6015

200

50

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

36

72/32.7

017-049-21

900-200/50-48

9010/6015

200

50

60/75/90

15/12/10

900

48

72/32.7

017-033-21

1350-200/50-36

9015/6022

200

50

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

36

82/37.2

017-033-23

1350-200/50-48

9015/6022

200

50

60/75/90

22/18/15

1350

48

82/37.2

017-039-20

2000-240/60-48

9022

240

60

60/75/90

22.25

2000

48

82/37.2

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

212

440.366.6966

Power

Black Hawk Specifications
Battery Test
Points

Carrying Handle

Slide Out
Inverter Module

LCD
Display
Re-Settable
Circuit Breaker

Individual Battery
Monitoring

Cabinet Lights

Battery Temp
Sensor
Output

Standard
Battery
Connector

Output Test
Points

Battery
Circut
Breaker

Direct Core
Cooling

900

1350

2000

Input Voltage

120VAC

120VAC

240VAC

Input Current

9A

8A

8A

60 Hz

60 Hz

60 Hz

Line Reject

Input Frequency

95V

95V

190V

Line Accept

105V

105V

210V

Output Voltage

60/75/90VAC + 5% / -2%

60/75/90VAC + 5% / -2%

60/75/90VAC + 5% / -2%

Output Current

15/12/10A

15/15A/15A

22A/22A/22A

Output Power

900VA

1350VA

2000VA

Power Factor

0.9 typical

0.9 typical

0.9 typical

Efficiency

Line mode: 90% typical (at full load)

Line mode: 90% typical (at full load)

Line mode: 90% typical (at full load)

Battery Mode: 85% typical (at full load)

Battery Mode: 85% typical (at full load)

Battery Mode: 85% typical (at full load)

36VDC nominal

36VDC nominal

48VDC nominal

Low Battery Cutoff

31.5V nom. (1.75V/cell)

31.5V nom. (1.75V/cell)

42.0 nom. (1.75V/cell)

Battery Acceptance

No higher than 37V

No higher than 37V

No higher than 49V

Bulk, balance and float

Bulk, balance and float

Bulk, balance and float

Battery Voltage

Battery Charger
Recharge Current
Battery Float Voltage

10A max.

10A max.

10A max.

41.0VDC (2.28V/cell)

41.0VDC (2.28V/cell)

54.7VDC (2.28V/cell)

Recharge Time
Charger Temp. Compensation
Transfer Time
Size

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Not Specified; B45 dependent on depth of discharge, etc.
-0.09V/degC; -0.05V/degF with default to internal sensor upon probe failure
4mS typical, measured at 80% load
15”W x 8.6”H x 12.5”D (381mm x 222mm x 330mm)

213

440.366.6966

Power

Little Hawk

The Features

Compact Design, Saves Space
Designed For 60 Homes And Less

Little Hawk 500

Specifications

Output VA

500

Output VA

60 / 75 / 90

Output A

8.3 / 6.6 / 5.5

Transfer Time

Weight

-40C to 60C 0-95% RH non-condensing

Protection

4mS

Input V (nom)

45 lbs

Environmental

85A battery circuit breaker

Temperature Sensor

2 pin mini mate-n-lock

120 or 240

Battery V

36 (3 battery)

Status Monitor

Battery String Voltage

48 (4 battery)

Compatible with Black Hawk status monitoring

Low Line Reject
Little Hawk - 120

95 VAC

Little Hawk - 240

190 VAC

Low Battery Cut Off

36V System

31.5V (1.75 VPC)

Battery Acceptance

36V System

37 VDC TYP

Battery Acceptance

48V System

49 VDC TYP

	

Ordering Information
Nominal Input
Voltage VAC

Input
Frequency Hz

Output
Voltage VAC

Output
Current A

Max Output
Power VA

Battery
Voltage VDC

Approximate
Weight lbs/kg

BLACK HAWK LCD 500-120/60-36

120

60

60/75/90

8.3/6.7/5.6

500

36

45/22.5

BLACK HAWK LCD 500-240/60-36

240

60

60/75/90

8.3/6.7/5.6

500

36

45/22.5

017-044-22

BLACK HAWK LCD 500-120/60-48

120

60

60/75/90

8.3/6.7/5.6

500

48

45/22.5

017-044-23

BLACK HAWK LCD 500-240/60-48

240

60

60/75/90

8.3/6.7/5.6

500

48

45/22.5

Stock ID

Model Description

017-044-20
017-044-21

Compatible with Black Hawk inverter and status monitoring.
PENDING AGENCY APPROVAL

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

214

440.366.6966

Power

Black Hawk

Replaceable Transfer Relay
Durable 30 Amp Power Relay
Expected mechanical life of up to 10
million operations!

Direct Core Cooling System

Enclosed Air
Cooling Duct

COOL AIR FLOWS directly to where
it is needed and then out the
back of the power supply

Replaceable Inverter Module

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Part #

Description

UOM

744-353-20

Inverter Module 36V Black Hawk

Each

744-353-21

Inverter Module 48V Black Hawk

Each

215

440.366.6966

Power

instant service
in a box
©

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

216

440.366.6966

Power

Step 1:

Multilink will provide one service kit for
each of your trucks that service Black Hawk
power supplies. In the event of a failure,
remove the service kit from your truck.

Step 2:

Remove the damaged inverter, ribbon cable,
or relay from the failed power supply.

Step 3:

Install the new
components into the
power supply. If any
status monitoring
was installed, switch
the board to the new
inverter.

Step 4:

Place the failed components into
the same box and seal it up.

Step 5:

Place the shipping label on top, and ship it
back to us. A new service kit will be sent out
within one day of reciept.*
*Manufacturers warranty specifications apply for all returned components.

Power

Black Hawk Status Monitoring
Embedded Electroline Transponder
(019-010-10)

Electroline embedded DOCSIS transponder for
the Black Hawk power supply. This SCTEHMS-022 compliant transponder has the ability to
monitor individual batteries, up to two strings.
Local interface is through USB port.

HMS Status Monitoring
(744-362-24)

SCTE-HMS-022 compliant Black Hawk power
supply interface. Has a single wire interface to
connect to an external HMS-022 compliant
transponder. Has the ability to monitor
individual batteries, up to two strings.

Embedded Cheetah Transponder
(744-828-20)

Cheetah embedded DOCSIS transponder for
the Black Hawk power supply. This SCTEHMS-022 compliant transponder has the ability
to monitor individual batteries, up to two
strings. Local interface is through Ethernet port.

Multilink Ethernet Based Status Monitoring
(744-863-20)

Embedded status monitoring solution
communicates to an onsite cable modem
through Ethernet. This device is SCTE-HMS022
compliant with the ability to monitor Multilink
Power Supplies and generators. Has the ability
to communicate with most SNMP based
software with the SCTE MIBS. Also, the status
monitoring unit can be configured through a
web page and is field upgradable.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

218

440.366.6966

Power

Non-Standby Power Supply for Broadband Networks

NS Non-Standby Series
Traditional ferroresonant non-standby
powering
Compact package, self-contained
Replaceable internal components
Pole mount
Low Cost Non-Standby
High Efficiency
50V, 60V and 60/75/90V Models with 3, 6,
10 or 15A Output
Powder Coated Aluminum Enclosure

Specifications
Regulation

5%

Input Voltage Range

±15%

Frequency

±3Hz

Tap Voltages*

50 = 48V
60 = 63V
75 = 75V
90V = 87V

Foldback Current

125%.9

Audible Noise

< 40dBa @ 10’

Efficiency

> 90% full load
> 80% half load

Operating Temperature

-40°C to +65°C

Size

15 5/8”H x 11 1/8”W x 8 1/4”D
(397mm x 283mm x 210mm)
Exclusive of pole-mount bracket

Options

NS-OI - NS Series Output Indicator,
Long Life Green LED Indicates
AC Output Voltage
OD-1 - Output Delay Relay
SA-1 - Input Surge Arrestor

Ordering Information
Nominal Input
Voltage VAC

Input
Frequency Hz

016-015-20

120

016-016-20

220

Stock ID

Output
Voltage VAC

Output
Current A

Max Output
Power VA

60

60

15

900

50

50, 60

15

900

016-019-20

120

60

60, 75, 90

22.5, 18, 15

1350

016-020-20

220

60

60, 75, 90

22.5, 18, 15

1350

016-013-20

120

60

63

10

630

016-014-20

240

50

32, 48, 63

19.7, 13.1, 10

630

016-017-20

220

60

60

15

900

Enclosure available empty - Stock ID: 744-323-20

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

219

440.366.6966

Power

Battery Balance Manager
Without Balancer
40.5v
Total

13.95v

#1

13.05v

#2

13.5v

#3

CATV
Power
Supply
Float Charging
(Assume 250 c Temperature

Battery #1 Overcharged
Battery #2 Undercharged
Battery #3 Just Right

With Balancer

40.5v
Total

BBN
36

Reduce Battery
Replacement Cost!

13.5v

#1

13.5v

#2

13.5v

#3

Low
Battery
Cutoff
Monitor

CATV
Power
Supply

Float Charging
(Assume 250 c Temperature

All Batteries Have Correct Voltage And Are Just
Right

A New Way To Manage Batteries!
The First Battery Balance in CATV
Combine new replacements with older batteries in existing strings (*1)
Active battery charge equalization at float voltages
Automatically and correctly tracks charger voltage and temperature compensation
Battery string charges at full charger current, up to maximum of CATV supply capability
Evenly distributes charge across all batteries in the string preventing potential undercharge and overcharge damage
Can be used with any manufacturer’s CATV power supply
May be used to balance the batteries in any three or four battery power supply (*2)
Models are available for use with 36V (three Battery) and 48V (four battery) systems
*1. Replacement battery must be same type , chemistry, size, and AH rating.
*2. On 36V systems, one balancer is required for every string of three batteries. On 48V systems one balancer is required for every string of four batteries.

Technical Specifications
Balance Rate

48 Hours Typical to 66 mV after complete discharge/recharge cycle,
measured using new 100AH batteries

Balance Accuracy

65mV per battery or better when battery
capacity mismatch does not exceed 20%

Max String Charge

Current limited by capability of CATV power supply charger

Overload Protection

Environmental

-40ºC to +60ºC, 0-99%RH non-condensing

Electronic self-resetting current protection.
Accidental reverse polarity protection

Ordering Information
Part #

Description

Voltage

Dimensions

018-008-20

BBM Plus 36V (kit for 3 batteries, includes wiring harness and instructions)

36

6”L x 3.5”W x 2.25D”

UOM
Each

018-009-20

BBM Plus 48V (kit for 4 batteries, includes wiring harness and instructions)

48

6”L x 3.5”W x 2.25D”

Each

740-029-20

BBM Plus unit (auto configures for 3 or 4 batteries)

36/48

6”L x 3.5”W x 2.25D”

Each

870-069-21

Wiring Harness for a BBM 3 Batteries

36

n/a

Each

870-070-21

Wiring Harness for a BBM 4 Batteries

48

n/a

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

220

440.366.6966

Power

Broadband Gel Batteries
• Advanced GEL technology
• Standard polypropylene case and cover with reinforced end

walls.
• Removable carrying handles.
• A recognized component of U.L.
• Gas recombination greater than 99%
• Operates at a low internal pressure.
• Never needs watering, minimal maintenance.
• Pure lead with calcium alloy grids.
• Shock absorbent thick wall polypropylene cases.
• Cold forged non-porous terminal bushings, eliminate post
leakage.
• Thermally welded case to cover bond, eliminates both acid and
electrical leaks.
• Over-sized, through the partition inter-cell welds provide low resistance
connections, with minimal power loss.
• Flame arresting, low pressure safety release venting system for individual cells,
recognized per U.L. 924.
• Measured high vacuum acid fill, reduces electrical variability between cells.
• Can be used in any orientation, upright, side or end is recommended.
• 100% recyclable materials.

Specifications
Group 27
Stock ID
Battery Type
Nominal Voltage

Group 31

032-001-10

032-002-10

Advanced Gel

Advanced Gel

12V

12V

Capacity at C/100

99Ah

108Ah

Capacity at C/200

88 Ah

97.6 Ah

63 lbs. (28.6 kg)

70 lbs. (31.8 kg)

Weight
Plate Alloy
Posts
Container/Cover
Operating Teperature Range

Lead Calcium

Lead Calcium

Forged Terminals & Bushings

Forged Terminals & Bushings

Polypropylene

Polypropylene

-76°F (-60°C) - 140°F (60°C)

-76°F (-60°C) - 140°F (60°C)

Charge Voltage / At 68°F (20°C)
Cycle

2.30 - 2.35 VPC

2.30 - 2.35 VPC

Float

2.25 - 2.30 VPC

2.25 - 2.30 VPC

Vent

Self-sealing

Self-sealing

Sulfuric acid thixotropic gel

Sulfuric acid thixotropic gel

T876 Contact (Shown above)

Stud

Length

12.83” (326mm)

12.93” (329mm)

Width

6.56” (167mm)

6.75” (171mm)

Height

9.30” (236mm)

9.34” (237mm)

Electrolyte
Terminal

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

221

440.366.6966

Power

Flat Roof Power Cabinets

PIM-G
(optional)
Fiber Management
Tie-Downs

Absolute Stop For Power
Supply to Maintain Ample Airflow Accross Transformer and
“hot spots”

Easy Generator
Hookup

Battery Balancer
Docking Position
With Tie-down
Slots

Increased Airflow Efficiency
Through Power
Supply Shelf

Duplex
Receptacle
(optional)

Slide-Out Vented
Battery Tray

(Ground Mount 3 Battery Shown)
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

SK 222

440.366.6966

Power

Flat Roof Power Cabinets

Enclosure
Indicator Lights
(optional)

100 CFM Fan w/
Connectorized
Wiring Harness
(optional)

Multiple
Service
Entrance
Options

Secure Quarter-Turn
Cam Locks

Custom Logo
Available

All Louvers
Backed w/ Bug
Screen

Ground Lug

Ground Mount:
Removable Panel
Pole Mount:
Lift-Off Hinged Door

“Universal” Concrete
Pad Footprint

(Ground Mount 3 Battery Shown)
Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

223

440.366.6966

Power

Standard Pole Mount Enclosures / Flat Roof

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any pole-mounted application.
Standard features include durable construction with exterior finished in light equipment gray
powder paint. Custom colors are available upon request.
Totally enclosed design offers highest security from tampering or unauthorized entry, yet provides
flexibility in locating utility and cable entrance locations.
Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.
Front door is hinged for easy-open access, but is also removable for ease of installation and service
of enclosed equipment. Door is locked in the closed position with high-security latches.
Flat roof with side flanges affords a rainproof design, yet flips up to allow unhindered access to
equipment and battery spaces.
Optional life saver vented roof available.

Ordering Information
Stock ID:
Model

030-190-10

030-207-10

030-198-10

030-199-10

PSC 3-P

PSC 4-P

PSC 6-P

PSC 8-P

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply Shelf

X

X

X

X

Locking Sliding Battery Shelf

X

X

X

X

Hinged Door

X

X

X

X

Ground Lug

X

X

X

X

Group 27 or 31

3

4

6

8

Main Application

UL Listed versions available. Please contact customer service for more information.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

224

440.366.6966

Power

Standard Ground Mount Enclosures / Flat Roof

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any ground mounted application.
Standard features include durable construction with exterior finished in light equipment gray
powder paint. Custom colors are available upon request.
Totally enclosed design offers highest security from unauthorized tampering or entry, yet provides
flexibility in locating utility and cable entrance locations.
Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.
Front door is hinged for easy-open access, but is also removable for ease of installation and service
of enclosed equipment. Door is locked in the closed position with high-security latches.
Flat roof with side flanges affords a rainproof design, yet flips up to allow unhindered access to
equipment and battery spaces.
Optional life saver vented roof available.

Ordering Information
Stock ID:
Model
Main Application

030-191-10

030-208-10

030-209-10

030-210-10

PSC 3-G

PSC 4-G

PSC 6-G

PSC 8-G

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

X

X

X

X

Power Supply Shelf
Locking Sliding Battery Shelf

X

X

X

X

Lift Off Door Panel

X

X

X

X

Ground Lug

X

X

X

X

Group 27 or 31

3

4

6

8

UL Listed versions available. Please contact customer service for more information.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

225

440.366.6966

Power

Life Saver Convection Cooling System
Given proper charging and installation, battery service
life is dependent primarily on average operating
temperature. Lead-acid battery chemistry is highly
temperature dependent. For each 15°F increase
over 77°F in average operating temperature, a
corresponding service life reduction of 50% is
predicted. This means, in simpler terms, that a
5-year battery in a cool climate will be a 2.5-year
battery in a hot climate. Operating temperatures,
however, due to sun-loading, can be much higher
than local ambient temperatures if the enclosure is
not designed to exchange ambient air effectively.

Life Saver

“Sun-loading” in hot climates can raise internal
cabinet temperatures to 130°F and above if internal
air is not continuously replaced by cooler, outside
ambient air. Of course, 130°F temperatures turn a
5-year battery into a 5-month battery!
The key is to allow convective or fan-forced
air movement through the cabinet to replace
internally heated air with cooler ambient air rapidly
enough to reduce inside temperatures to values as
close to ambient as possible. This can only be
done by using adequately large air entry and
exit vents. Multilink’s entry and exit areas exceed
44 square inches on all cabinets, allowing
temperatures to rise less than a few degrees
over.
Even in cooler climates, short hot summers have
A patented vented
a life-draining effect: Mulitlink’s free-flow “Life Saver” battery tray allows air
to pass through the
cabinets still work to maximize battery life.
batteries
Multilink’s battery trays are sized to permit one-inch
spacing between batteries on all sides, exposing
maximum battery surface area to cooling air flow.
Venting patterns in battery trays support optimum
cooling air flow for both 3- and 4-battery layouts. When
you upgrade from 36V to 48V (higher power, higher
efficiency UPS units) there is no need for expensive
cabinet change-outs.

US Patent 6,932,443.B1

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

226

440.366.6966

Power

Standard Pole Mount Enclosures / Life Saver

030-043-10
030-016-10

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any pole-mounted application.
Standard features include durable construction with exterior finished in light equipment gray powder
paint. Custom colors are available upon request.
Open bottom design accommodates all vault-and-pad installations, allowing flexibility of utility and
cable entrance locations.
Totally enclosed design offers highest security from tampering or unauthorized entry, yet provides
flexibility in locating utility and cable entrance locations.
Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.
Front door is hinged for easy-open access, but is also removable for ease of installation and service of
enclosed equipment. Door is locked in the closed position with high-security latches.

Ordering Information
Stock ID:
Model

030-016-10

030-041-10

030-018-10

030-043-10

PM 3/4-N

PM 4-W

PM 6/8-N

PM 8-W

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply Shelf

X

X

X

X

Locking Slide Battery
Shelf

X

X

X

X

Hinged Door

X

X

X

X

Ground Lug

X

X

X

X

Group 27 or 31

3

3 or 4

6

6 or 8

Main Application

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

227

440.366.6966

Power

Standard Ground Mount Enclosures / Life Saver

Designed to house broadband power supplies and batteries in any ground-mounted application.
May be used with pre-cast or poured-in-place concrete pads, vaults or any other desired mounting
options.
Open bottom design accommodates all vault-and-pad installations, allowing flexibility of utility and
cable entrance locations.
Standard features include durable construction with exterior finished in light equipment
gray powder paint. Custom colors are available upon request.
Battery slide trays lock in both closed and extended positions.
Front and rear doors are removable for ease of installation and service of enclosed equipment. Doors
are locked in the closed position with high-security latches.

Ordering Information
Stock ID:

030-015-10

030-040-10

030-017-10

030-042-10

GM 3/4-N

GM 4-W

GM 6/8-N

GM 8-W

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply & Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply Shelf

X

X

X

X

Locking Slide Battery
Shelf

X

X

X

X

Hinged Door

X

X

X

X

Ground Lug

X

X

X

X

Group 27 or 31

3

3 or 4

6

6 or 8

Model
Main Application

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

228

440.366.6966

Power

Modular Designs

Power Supply
Cabinet PS2-8

Additional Battery
Storage Cabinet

2 x 100 CFM Fans
Equipped With A
Thermostat

Item #

Part #

Description

1

030-130-10

MPC-PS2-8 120/240V Gray Assy

2

030-131-10

6 Battery Enclosure 18 x 52 x 22 Assy

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

229

440.366.6966

Power

Metered Power Supply Enclosures

Designed to EUSERC standards; will accommodate either ring-type or ringless meter base.
In the MPC-Series cabinets, optional test/bypass blocks allow testing, servicing or replacement of the
internal kilowatt-hour meter without affecting utility service to the power supply.
Rainproof enclosure (Type 3R) will house broadband power supplies and batteries in ground-mounted
configuration.
May be used with pre-cast or poured-in-place concrete pads or vaults.
Open bottom design accommodates all vault-and-pad installations, allowing flexibility of utility and
cable entrance locations.
Standard features include durable construction with exterior finished in light equipment gray powder
paint. Custom colors are available upon request.
Separate lockable, sealed utility and cable compartments allow for craft separation and exclusive access.

Ordering Information
Stock ID:
Model
Main Entrance
Overall Dimensions

030-048-10

030-048-11

T.B.D.

T.B.D.

T.B.D.

T.B.D.

MPC-3

MPC-3

MPC-4

MPC-6

MPC-8

MPC-8

Power Supply &
Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &
Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &
Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &
Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &
Battery Enclosure

Power Supply &
Battery Enclosure

46.1”H x 28”W x
21.3”D

46.2”H x 28”W x
21.3”D

46.2”H x 33.6”W x
21.3”D

50.1”H x 28”W x
21.3”D

50.1”H x 33.6”W x
21.3”D

50.1”H x 33.6”W x
21.3”D

Power Supply Shelf

X

X

X

X

X

X

Battery Shelf

X

X

X

X

X

X

Hinged Roof

X

X

X

X

X

X

Drop-in Doors

X

X

X

X

X

X

Ground Lug

X

X

X

X

X

X

Internal Service

X

X

X

X

X

X

Group 27 or 31

3

3

4

6

8

8

240V 20A / Ext

X

Dual 120V, 20A / Int

X

X

X

X

X

240V, 20A Duplex 120V,
20A Duplex Dual Outlets

X

X

X

X

X

X

Test/Bypass Blocks Fifth
Jaw for KwH Meter

X

X

X

X

X

X

030-048-11 is listed to UL Standard 1012 for Power Units other than Class 2

Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided in enclosure

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

230

440.366.6966

Power

Custom Metered Cabinets

Lockable bar to install a pad lock
to stop battery bandits

Meter Cabinet

Battery Cabinet

Custom Cabinets to fit your
needs can retrofit to
existing power cabinets

Hasp Lock

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

231

440.366.6966

Power

Additional Battery Storage

Please contact customer service
for more battery storage options
or custom requests.

6 Battery Storage
Stock ID
Description
Dimensions
UOM

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

232

030-131-10
6 Battery Enclosure / Gray
18”W x 52”H x 22”D
Each

440.366.6966

Power

Prevent Cabinet Theft

Built to retro-fit your power
supply cabinets in the field.

Patent In Process

Multilink is proud to introduce another dimension of security offerings for our power cabinets.
We are constantly seeking to produce products that will meet or surpass the customers
qualifications for security and reliability. The new M1 security solution borrows the concept
of our M1 security for CATV boxes and integrates it into the already reliable power supply
cabinets that our customers know and love. For more information on how you can integrate
these into your cabinets or for technical information please contact your customer service
representative.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

233

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Dual Source Switch

018-029-20

Automatically switches from the primary utility grid to a second utility grid in case of a
power failure. The second source preserves the battery charge until both utility sources
fail. Indicator light shows status of both primary and secondary source.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

234

Part #

Description

018-029-20

Dual Source Switch

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Battery Wiring Kits

3 Battery Wiring
Part #

Description

UOM

874-001-20

BWK-3 Battery Wiring Kit 3 Battery Light (900 Watt or less)

Each

874-001-21

BWK-3HD Battery Wiring Kit 3 Battery Heavy Duty

Each

874-001-22

BWK-3XD Battery Wiring Kit 3 Battery Standard

Each

4 Battery Wiring
Part #

Description

UOM

874-002-20

BWK-4 Battery Wiring Kit 4 Battery Light (900 Watt or less)

Each

874-002-21

BWK-4HD Battery Wiring Kit 4 Battery Heavy Duty

Each

874-002-22

BWK-4XD Battery Wiring Kit 4 Battery Standard

Each

6 Battery Wiring
Part #

Description

UOM

874-003-21

BWK-6HD Battery Wiring Kit 6 Battery Heavy Duty

Each

8 Battery Wiring

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

Part #

Description

UOM

874-004-20

BWK-8 Battery Wiring Kit 8 Battery

Each

874-004-21

BWK-8HD Battery Wiring Kit 8 Battery Heavy Duty

Each

235

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Surge Suppression
Critical protection from voltage transients coming from the utility line, cable plant and noises.
Coax Suppressor
Stock ID
Description

163-001-10
Coaxial line surge suppression for modems
and transponders connected via RG-6 or RG-59
cable. This device provides added protection for
sensitive communication equipment when used
in conjunction with surge suppression in the
balance of the cable plant.

Connectorized Lightning Arrestor
Stock ID
Description

740-057-20
The connectorized lightning arrestor was
designed for use with Black Hawk and MP Plus
cable power supplies to provide protection
against transients and high voltage surges
appearing at the power supply outputs
resulting from high voltage events occurring on
the external cable plant.

Plug In Suppressor
Stock ID
Description

163-003-10
Plug in surge suppression for use in 120
volt duplex outlets. Provides localized
surge protection of the particular outlet of
connection. This device provides additional
secondary surge protection where primary
protection at the service entrance or branch
circuit panel has be employed.

Primary Surge Suppressor
Stock ID
Description

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

236

163-005-10
Primary surge protection, suitable for
installation in service entrance boxes or branch
circuit panels. This device can be used in
both new builds and in upgrades or retrofit
applications. Available for 120 or 240 volt use
with mechanical mounting suitable for standard
7/8 inch knockout.

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Service Entrance

Stock ID

035-001-11

Model # SQD-1HM
Description

Stock ID

Kit Includes 1 Service Entrance, 1 High Mag
Breaker, Wiring, and Mounting Hardware

035-001-20

Model # SQD-1
Description

Stock ID

Kit Includes 1 Service Entrance, 1- 120V 20AMP
Breaker, Wiring, and Mounting Hardware

035-002-10

Model # SQD-3
Description

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

237

Kit Includes 1 Service Entrance, 1- 120V/240V
20AMP Breaker, Wiring, and Mounting Hardware

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Power Options

PIM-G

PIM-E

Multifunction Power Insertion Module (PIM) supports output load current connection to the cable coaxial fittings
leading to the system power inserter via a standard 5/8” threaded fitting. Status monitor connection permits
monitoring of output AC voltage and power of transponders. (Powering of status monitoring transponders by direct
DC connection to the batteries may unbalance charge distribution across the battery string, reducing battery life.
Multilink supports a separate DC power supply for monitoring transponders, powered by an AC output at the PIM.) A
convenient power substitution switch allows transfer to a service power supply when removing or upgrading the UPS
module, with a minimum interruption to plant powering.
Stock ID

Description

Uom

740-009-20

PIM-G with 4’ Cable

Each

740-015-20

PIM-E Economy PIM

Each

Duplex Kits
Stock ID

035-007-10

Model # DOK-1
Description

120V Duplex Kit Including Receptacle,
Receptacle Box, and Face Plate

UOM Each
Stock ID

035-008-10

Model # DOK-2
Description

120V Receptacle Shown

240V Duplex Kit Including Receptacle,
Receptacle Box, and Face Plate

UOM Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

238

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Cabinet Options
Severe Weather Kit
Stock ID

035-011-10

Model # Severe Weather Kit
Description

Kit Includes Two 12”x12” Squares of Cobra Vent

UOM Each

Meter Bases
Stock ID

523-003-10

Model # Lectro 100A-OH/UG
Description

100 Amp Outdoor Meter Base

UOM Each
Stock ID

523-202-10

Model # PH U1980-OKK (NO HUB)
Description

Meter Base 200A 250VAC Single

UOM Each
Stock ID

523-203-10

Model # N/A
Description
523-003-10

Meter Base 100A 250V Single/ Phase Ring Type

UOM Each

Tamper Switch Kit
Stock ID

740-008-20

Model # TWK
Description

Kit includes tamper sensor switch and hardware

UOM Each
Hardware Included

Cabinet Fan Cooling Kit (for MQ-36 Cabinets)
Stock ID

035-025-10

Model # MQ-FK1
Description

100CFM Fan Kit Installs Into Roof of MQ-36
Cabinet for Great Forced Convection

UOM Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

239

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Indicator Light Kits
Enclosure Light Kits
Stock ID

035-014-20

Model # ELK
Description

Enclosure Light Kit with Lectro Option

UOM Each

Stock ID

035-003-10

Model # ELK-1
Description

Enclosure Light Kit

UOM Each

Stock ID

035-015-10

Model # ELK-1E
Description

Economy Enclosure Light Kit

UOM Each

Stock ID

035-016-20

Model # ALK-1
Description

Standby Light Kit (Alpha Option)

UOM Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

240

440.366.6966

Enclosure Accessories

Vaults and Pads

A

C

B

Stock ID

Description

Dimensions

Weight (lbs)

UOM

2436-18 HDPE Vault

24” x 36” x 18”

41

Each

A. Vaults Only
800-001-10
800-003-10

1730-15 HDPE Vault

17” x 30” x 15”

24

Each

800-005-10

1730-18 HDPE Vault

17” x 30” x 18”

26.5

Each

Each

B. Mounting Pad
802-007-10

Pad for MQ-30 & MQ35 (C3040-3MP2)

30” x 40” x 3”

135

802-008-10

Pad for MQ-36 & MQ35 (C3030-3MP33)

30” x 40” x 3”

135

Each

802-027-10

Pad for GM 3/4 & Narrow, GM 6/8 & Narrow, GM 3,4,6,8

36” x 36” x 3”

146

Each

802-011-10

Pad for Power Cabinet Concrete Pole

120” x 8” x 8”

650

Each

802-015-10

Pad for MPC-3 & MPC-6 (Internal Meter Enclosure)

48” x 36” x 3”

195

Each

802-017-10

Pad for FNC-2000 & 3000-5016 w/ inserts

42” x 42” x 3”

199

Each

C. Vaults And Lid Kits
801-001-20

2436-18 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Gray

24” x 36” x 20”

55

Each

801-002-20

3636-18 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Gray

36” x 36” x 20”

71.5

Each

801-003-20

1730-18 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Green

17” x 30” x 20”

36.1

Each

801-005-20

1017-12 HDPE Vault, Lid & Hardware, Light Duty, Gray

10” x 17” x 14”

11

Each

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

241

440.366.6966

MQ Series Enclosures
MQ-B8 & MQ-B12
Battery Enclosure

Shown With Optional Equipment Installed

Base Enclosure		

Standard enclosure is gray powder coat
finish, optional colors are available.
Please call Customer Service for more
information. Enclosure includes 2 battery
trays, drop in doors with locks.
Part No. 030-029-10
This enclosure has the capability to hold 8
group 24, 27, or 31 batteries.
Part No. 030-030-10
This enclosure has the capability to hold 12
group 27, 31 batteries or 16 group 24, 27,
31 batteries.

Part #

Description

UOM

030-029-10

Gray Battery Enclosure

Each

030-030-10

Gray Battery Enclosure

Each

Battery Enclosures - Standard

Battery Enclosures - Options

Part #

030-029-10

030-030-10

Part #

030-029-10

030-030-10

Model

MQ-B8

MQ-B12

Model

MQ-B8

MQ-B12

Main Application

Battery Enclosure

Battery Enclosure

Overall Dimensions

30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D

30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D

Internal Relay Rack

-

-

Main Application

Battery Enclosure

Battery Enclosure

30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D

30.3”H x 36”W x 23”D

Enclosure Fan Cooling

035-004-20 “EFC-1”

035-004-20 “EFC-1”

Overall Dimensions

Power Supply Shelf

-

-

8-battery 30 Amp

874-004-20 “BWK-8”

874-004-20 “BWK-8”

Battery Shelf

X

X

12-battery 30 Amp

n/a

874-009-20 “BWK-12”

Life Saver Venting

X

X

12-battery 30A Fused

n/a

874-010-20 “BWK-12F”

Drop-In Doors

X

X

Ground Lug

X

X

Fastening Brackets

-

-

Internal Straps

-

-

Group 24

8

16

Group 27 or 31

8

12

AC Service External

-

-

AC Service Internal

-

-

Standard Features Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided
in enclosure

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

242

440.366.6966

MQ Series Enclosures

Battery Enclosure With Interior Service
MQ-35-IS (PS2-6) Power
Supply Battery Enclosure With
Interior Service
Shown With Optional Equipment Installed
Slack Storage Can Be Bolted Together W/ Power

Base Enclosure		

Standard enclosure is gray powder coat
finish, optional colors are available. Please
call Customer Service for more information.
Enclosure includes power supply shelf,
battery tray, drop in doors with locks,
and ground lug. This enclosure will
accommodate interior service disconnect.
This enclosure has the capability to hold 8
group 24 or 6 group 27 or 31 batteries.

Part #

Description

Dimensions

UOM

030-044-10

Gray Power Supply Enclosure

36”W x 35.00”H x 23” D

Each

MQ-40-IS (PS2-6) Power Supply
Battery Enclosure With
Interior Service
Shown With Optional Equipment Installed

Base Enclosure		

Base Enclosure-Standard enclosure is gray
powder coat finish, optional colors are
available. Please call Customer Service for
more information. Enclosure includes power
supply shelf, battery tray, drop in doors
with 2 locks, rods to hang nodes & other
system equipment from, 4 velcro straps to
secure slack storage, and a ground lug. This
enclosure has the capability to hold 8 group
24, 27, or 31 batteries.

Please see options list and accessories page to specify components and other products you may need

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

243

440.366.6966

MQ Series Enclosures

Standard MQ Enclosures - Standards

Part #
Model

030-027-10

030-024-10

030-034-10

030-033-10

030-032-10

030-026-10

030-044-10

030-092-10

MQ-PS2-4

MQ-PS2-6

MQ-PS2-8

MQ-PS2-12

MQ-PSN-4

MQ-PSN-8

MQ-35-IS

MQ-40

Main Application

Power Supply
& Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply
& Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply
& Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply
& Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply,
Battery & Fiber
Node Enclosure

Power Supply,
Battery & Fiber
Node Enclosure

Power Supply
& Battery
Enclosure

Power Supply
& Battery
Enclosure

Overall Dimensions

30.3”H x
36”W x 23”D

30.3”H x
36”W x 23”D

36”H x 36”W
x 25”D

36”H x 36”W
x 25”D

36”H x 36”W x
25”D

36”H x 36”W x
25”D

35”H x 36”W
x 23”D

40.7”H x
42”W x 25”D

Power Supply Shelf

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Battery Shelf

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Life Saver Venting

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Drop-In Doors

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Ground Lug

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Fastening Brackets

X

X

Internal Straps

X

X

4

8

8

8

6

Internal Relay Rack

Group 24

3 or 4

Group 27 or 31

3 or 4
X

AC Service External

8

8

16

6

6

16

4

8

X

X

X

X

X

AC Service Internal

6
X

X

Standard MQ Enclosures - Options
Part #

030-027-10

030-024-10

030-034-10

030-033-10

030-032-10

030-026-10

030-044-10

030-092-10

Enclosure Fan Cooling

035-004-20

035-004-20

035-004-20

035-004-20

035-004-20

035-004-20

035-004-20

035-004-20

Standard Features Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided in enclosure

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

244

440.366.6966

MQ Series Enclosures

Custom MQ Enclosures - Standards
Part #

030-053-10

030-031-10

030-075-10

Model

MQ-PS1-G

MQ-FRM

MQ-FRM

Generator Storage

Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure

Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure

Overall Dimensions

Main Application

36.16”H x 36”W x 23”D

36”H x 36”W x 25”D

36”H x 36”W x 25”D

Internal Relay Rack

-

10-32 rails

12-24 rails

Power Supply Shelf

-

-

-

Battery Shelf

-

-

-

Life Saver Venting

X

-

-

Drop-In Doors

X

-

-

Ground Lug

X

X

X

Fastening Brackets

-

-

-

Internal Straps

-

-

-

Group 24

-

-

-

Group 27 or 31

-

-

-

AC Service External

-

-

-

AC Service Internal

-

-

-

Standard Features Legend: “X” Standard equipment or feature provided in enclosure

Custom MQ Enclosures - Options
Part #

030-053-10

030-031-10

030-075-10

Model

MQ-PS1-G

MQ-FRM

MQ-FRM
Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure

Main Application
Overall Dimensions
Enclosure Fan Cooling

Generator Storage

Fiber Rack Mount Enclosure

36.16”H x 36”W x 23”D

36”H x 36”W x 25”D

36”H x 36”W x 25”D

035-004-20 “EFC-1”

035-004-20 “EFC-1”

035-004-20 “EFC-1”

120V, 20A Standard

n/a

035-001-10 “SQD-1”

035-001-10 “SQD-1”

120V, 20A Hi Inrush

n/a

035-001-11 “SQD-1HM”

035-001-11 “SQD-1HM”

240V, 20A 1 Outlet

n/a

035-002-10 “SQD-2”

035-002-10 “SQD-2”

240V, 20A Dual Outlet

n/a

035-009-10 “SQD-3”

035-009-10 “SQD-3”

120V, 20A Duplex

n/a

035-007-10 “DOK-1”

035-007-10 “DOK-1”

240V, 15A Duplex

n/a

035-008-10 “DOK-2”

035-008-10 “DOK-2”

High Brightness

n/a

035-003-10 “ELK-1”

035-003-10 “ELK-1”

Economy

n/a

035-015-10 “ELK-E”

035-015-10 “ELK-E”

Single Light

n/a

035-036-20 “SIL-E”

035-036-20 “SIL-E”

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

245

440.366.6966

MQ Series Enclosures

MQ Cabinet Options
MQ30 Pedestals
Stock ID

744-173-P1

Model # MQ30-PED36
Description

Pedestal Raises Enclosure 6” to a height of 36”

UOM Each

Stock ID

744-172-P1

Model # MQ30-PED48
Description

Pedestal Raises Enclosure 18” to a height of 48”

UOM Each

MQ36 Pedestal
Stock ID

744-170-P1

Model # MQ36-PED48
Description

Pedestal Raises Enclosure 12” to a height of 48”

UOM Each

Cable Riser Kit
Stock ID

035-020-10

Model # MQ-CRK-30
Description

Raises Meter Base to Required Height - MQ30

UOM Each

Patented Vented Battery Tray
Our patented vented battery trays provide precise
and efficient air-flow to keep batteries within the
optimum operating temperature range. Contact
your sales person for more information.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

246

440.366.6966

Terms and Conditions of Sale
Terms And Conditions Of Sale
Price and Payment: All prices, unless otherwise stated, are F.O.B. shipping point and are exclusive of any federal, state, local or other taxes. Any applicable taxes are
the responsibility of the Purchaser and shall be added to the invoice unless MULTILINK is provided the appropriate, valid exemption certificate by Purchaser. All
prices are subject to change without notice. Shipments of ten percent (10%) more or less than the order quantity constitute completed orders, unless previously
agreed to by both Purchaser and MULTILINK.
Invoices are payable in full within thirty (30) days following invoice date. A discount of one percent (1%) is allowable on invoices paid within (10) days following
invoice date: this discount also applies to those orders shipped C.O.D. or cash in advance. Invoices outstanding past thirty (30) days following invoice date will
be subject to a late payment charge of one and one half percent (1-1/2%) per month. Failure to pay any invoice by its due date makes subsequent invoices due
immediately regardless of the terms herein. MULTILINK may option to withhold subsequent shipments until the account in question is settled to MULTILINK’S
satisfaction.
Acceptance: All orders subject to acceptance by MULTILINK. Once placed and accepted, any order may be cancelled only upon terms exempting MULTILINK against
all loss with the consent of MULTILINK.
Title and Risk of Loss: Title and risk of loss on all material sold by MULTILINK shall pass to Purchaser upon delivery of said materials to a common carrier regardless of
freight terms stated or method of payment of transportation charges.
Transportation charges: Most shipments are via United Parcel Service and are prepaid and billed; however, MULTILINK reserves the right to specify routing of
shipments. Truck shipments will be made prepaid.
Non-conformance return: All materials sold by MULTILINK are non-returnable except for manufacturing defects. Upon receipt of materials, the customer will have
30 days to make a viable claim for non-conformance. Any material shown to MULTILINK’S satisfaction to be non-conforming at time of shipment will be replaced.
MULTILINK will then render credit for the returned goods, provided MULTILINK shall not be responsible for claims beyond replacement value of the defective
material. Before returning any material, Purchaser must obtain written material return authorization from MULTILINK.
Express warranties: MULTILINK warrants that the goods are free from any material defect in workmanship and materials under normal and proper usage for a
period of one year from the date of shipment by MULTILINK. Purchaser acknowledges that no sample or model of the goods, nor any sales literature, proposals,
projections, or engineering data regarding the goods are any part of the basis of the bargain between the parties. Purchaser has made, and relies solely upon, its
own determination of the suitability, compatibility, performance, and uses of the goods, and acknowledges to MULTILINK that the Purchaser does not rely upon any
oral or written representations or statements by MULTILINK regarding the goods, other than as expressly set forth in this Contract.
Disclaimer of Implied Warranties: IN ALL EVENTS, WITH RESPECT TO ALL GOODS SOLD, MULTILINK DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
Limitation of Damages: IF MULTILINK BREACHES OR REPUDIATES THIS CONTRACT BY REASON OF ANY DEFECT IN THE GOODS SOLD, THEN PURCHASER IS NOT
ENTITLED TO, AND WAIVES ALL RIGHTS TO RECOVER, ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING LOST PROFITS. Purchaser has carefully
considered this limitation and is willing to bear the entire defective.
Purchaser’s Exclusive Remedy: IF MULTILINK BREACHES THE WARRANTY SET FORTH ABOVE, THEN PURCHASER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY IS TO DEMAND THAT
MULTILINK, AT MULTILINK’S COST, REPAIR THE GOODS, OR REPLACE THE GOODS IF, AFTER A REASONABLE NUMBER OF ATTEMPTS, THEY CANNOT BE REPAIRED. In
lieu of making any repair or replacement of the Goods, Multilink may elect to refund the total purchase price, in full satisfaction of all obligations owed to Purchaser
by reason of such breach, in which case Multilink’s duty to pay the refund will be conditioned upon Purchaser permitting Multilink to inspect and take possession of
the Goods.
Statute of Limitations: The parties desire to reduce the period of limitations to one year. Accordingly, a party must commence a cause of action for a breach of this
Contract, including a breach of warranty, within one year after the cause of action has accrued.
Entire Agreement: Any term or condition contained in Purchaser’s purchase order, acknowledgement form, confirmation or any other document issued by
Purchaser that conflicts with any term of this Contract, or that adds to MULTILINK’S obligations under this Contract, is not part of this Contract and is not binding
upon MULTILINK unless specifically identified and accepted in writing by an officer of MULTILINK. This document, including any attachments, embodies the entire
agreement of the parties as to the subject matter contained in this document. There are no promises, terms, conditions, or obligations between the parties
regarding the subject matter of this Contract other than those contained in this document, including any attachments. This Contract supersedes all previous
communications, representations, or agreements, either verbal or written, between the parties, including any correspondence, proposals, quotes, brochures,
samples, models, or specification sheets, or any other oral or written statements or representations made by any MULTILINK salesmen. Accordingly, the parties shall
request that any court or tribunal called upon to consider and enforce this Contract strictly apply the “parol evidence” rule. No course of prior dealings between the
parties and no usage of trade is relevant to supplement or explain any term of this Contract.
Modification of Contract: No amendment, modification, change or discharge of any term or provision of this Contract will be valid or binding on either party,
and no waiver of any of the terms of this Contract will be valid or binding on either party, unless it is in writing and signed by all of the parties; and with respect to
MULTILINK, signed by an officer of MULTILINK.
Non-Waiver: Failure of MULTILINK or any of its agents or representatives to comply with any of the terms or conditions herein or failure to properly notify Purchaser
of any breach of these conditions shall not be deemed a waiver of any right MULTILINK has to insist upon strict compliance of these terms and conditions in
subsequent agreements.
Force Majeur: MULTILINK shall not be liable for any loss, damage, delay, change in shipment schedule or failure to deliver caused by accident, fire, strike, riot, civil
commotion, insurrection, war, the elements, embargo, failure of carrier, inability to obtain transportation facilities, government requirements, acts of God or public
enemy, previous commitments to customers or limitations on MULTILINK’S or its suppliers’ products or marketing activities or any other cause or contingency
beyond MULTILINK’S control.
Freight Policy: Orders are shipped via best method as determined by MULTILINK unless specified by the Customer. Freight bills will be prepaid if shipped via
common carrier under the condition that freight bills will be paid in net 7 days per ICC regulations. MULTILINK reserves the right to charge a handling fee.
Returns must be in original cartons, in resell able condition, and sent prepaid. (If merchandise was shipped to customer via UPS, it must be returned via UPS). All
returns must be made within a 60-day limit and are subject to a 25% restocking charge (Special order and custom orders are non-refundable).
Claims for Shortages or Damages: Claims must be made within seven days of invoice date. All freight damages and shortages should be filed with the carrier within
seven days.
Back Orders: All back orders will be retained and shipped on arrival unless otherwise notified.
NO SALESMAN, DISTRIBUTOR, REPRESENTATIVE OR OTHER AGENT IS AUTHORIZED BY MULTILINK TO GIVE ANY WARRANTY OR GUARANTEE CONTRARY TO THE
STATEMENTS MADE HEREIN.

Specifications subject to change without notice.
© Multilink, Inc. 2011 • All Rights Reserved

247

440.366.6966

Printed in China



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : Yes
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.3-c011 66.145661, 2012/02/06-14:56:27
Instance ID                     : uuid:34bb2336-bca1-4421-a621-cdbbf1845a3d
Original Document ID            : adobe:docid:indd:d1c003df-03c5-11de-a5d4-95347faeb3e8
Document ID                     : xmp.id:F2A9C2B2288BE211A274F1E669E25B6E
Rendition Class                 : proof:pdf
Derived From Instance ID        : xmp.iid:E3760604CD67E11189FBF5A2E75E6851
Derived From Document ID        : xmp.did:E3760604CD67E11189FBF5A2E75E6851
Derived From Original Document ID: adobe:docid:indd:d1c003df-03c5-11de-a5d4-95347faeb3e8
Derived From Rendition Class    : default
History Action                  : converted
History Parameters              : from application/x-indesign to application/pdf
History Software Agent          : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)
History Changed                 : /
History When                    : 2013:03:12 11:22:48-04:00
Create Date                     : 2013:03:12 11:22:48-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2013:03:12 11:35:26-04:00
Metadata Date                   : 2013:03:12 11:35:26-04:00
Creator Tool                    : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)
Thumbnail Format                : JPEG
Thumbnail Width                 : 256
Thumbnail Height                : 256
Thumbnail Image                 : (Binary data 11758 bytes, use -b option to extract)
Format                          : application/pdf
Producer                        : Adobe PDF Library 10.0.1
Trapped                         : False
Page Count                      : 248
Creator                         : Adobe InDesign CS6 (Windows)

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools